Usp 2008 P 2 Supplement 3
Usp 2008 P 2 Supplement 3
Usp 2008 P 2 Supplement 3
Pharmacists Pharmacopeia
Official May 1, 2009 August 1, 2009
P
S
U
9
The inclusion in the USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia of a monograph on any drug in respect to which patent or trademark rights may exist shall not be deemed, and is not intended as, a grant of, or authority to
exercise, any right or privilege protected by such patent or trademark. All such rights and privileges are
vested in the patent or trademark owner, and no other person may exercise the same without express permission, authority, or license secured from such patent or trademark owner.
0
0
2
Use of the USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia is subject to the terms and conditions of the USP Pharmacists
Pharmacopeia License Agreement. Attention is called to the fact that USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia text
is fully copyrighted. Authors and others wishing to use portions of the text should request permission to
do so from the Legal Department of the United States Pharmacopeial Convention.
S3/ii
Contents
USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia
Section 1
Section 8
Section 2
Section 13
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/130
U
9
Section 7
P
S
0
0
2
S3/iii
Introduction
Background
The history of the United States Pharmacopeia dates back to 1817 when Lyman Spalding, a physician, recognized the need
for standardization to eliminate regional differences among names and formulations of medicines. He and ten fellow physicians held the first United States Pharmacopeial Convention (USPC) in the U.S. Capitol building in January 1820. That meeting
resulted in the formation of a committee that compiled the first Pharmacopeia of the United States of America (USP). The
equivalent of that committee still exists today as the USP Council of Experts, and the USPC still works to ensure good pharmaceutical care for all.
P
S
In 1975, USPC combined the USP and another compendium, the National Formulary (NF), in a single volume, the USPNF.
In general, the USP contains standards for active drug substances and dietary ingredients, while the NF contains standards
for excipients.
U
9
Standards in the USPNF apply to compounded preparations as well as to manufactured products. They are enforceable
under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, and may be enforceable to practitioners under state and local laws, as well.
0
0
2
The USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia contains two types of text: official text and authorized text.
Official text is text that is reproduced from the USPNF. Each page of the book that contains official text is designated
with a footer explaining its official status and the USPNF revision from which it is reprinted. This text is derived from the
standards-setting activities of the Council of Experts and is presented here in an easy-to-use abridged form. Official text that
is reprinted in this volume maintains the same legal status as it does when published in the USPNF.
Authorized text has been developed and approved by the Council of Experts, but has not been published as official text
in the USPNF. Authorized text in this publication includes monographs published in the Food Chemicals Codex (FCC), Sixth
edition; veterinary information monographs discussing the use of medications and specific preparations for animals; proposed monographs for compounded preparations that are still available for comment and that may be included in the USP
NF in the future; authored text previously published in the Pharmacopeial Forum and other USPC publications; copyrighted
text reprinted with permission; and text that is in the public domain, including laws and regulations. This text is provided for
reference purposes only, to aid in the practices of pharmacy and medicine.
The USPNF and the FCC are modified through continuing revision, and the corresponding text in this volume will be
updated accordingly. Because of varying publication schedules, changes to the USPNF and FCC may not immediately appear
as changes to the USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia. The text as it appears in the USPNF and FCC is determinative and should
be referred to when specific questions arise.
Second Edition
This Second Edition of the USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia is significantly revised from the 2005 publication. Section 3 has
been enhanced to include new compounding monographs that are relevant to todays contemporary practicing pharmacist.
The addition of content related to veterinary practice in Section 6, including the information on compounds for veterinary
use, should increase the utility of this volume for veterinary pharmacists. The addition of quality standards for food-grade
substances from the FCC in Section 4 also should be useful to compounding professionals seeking ingredients of appropriate quality when a USPNF standard does not exist. The compounding support information in Section 9 has been expanded,
S3/iv
and the laws and regulations in Section 11 have been updated to reflect the most recent changes by Congress and by the
Drug Enforcement Administration.
Acknowledgements
The staff at USP would like to express their sincere gratitude to the members of all expert committees, especially the Compounding Pharmacy Expert Committee and the Sterile Compounding Expert Committee for their diligent and untiring efforts
in the preparation of this book.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
S3/
Admissions
Granisetron Hydrochloride
Lisinopril and Hydrochlorothiazide Tablets
Mirtazapine Orally Disintegrating Tablets
Pantoprazole Sodium
Pantoprazole Sodium Delayed-Release Tablets
Piperazine Adipate
Piperazine Dihydrochloride
Piperazine Phosphate
Potassium Bromide Oral Solution, Veterinary
Propofol Injectable Emulsion
Sodium Bromide Injection, Veterinary
Sodium Bromide Oral Solution, Veterinary
Tamsulosin Hydrochloride
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 8
Arginine Capsules
Arginine Tablets
Curcuminoids
Curcuminoids Capsules
Curcuminoids Tablets
Powdered Soy Isoflavones Extract
Former Title
S3/vi
Annotated List
621 Chromatography
Glossary of Symbols
General Information
1121 Nomenclature
General Nomenclature Forms
Reference Tables
Excipients
Monographs
Section 3
U
9
0
0
2
P
S
Betadex
Chemical information
Packaging and storage
USP Reference standards
pH (added)
Bicalutamide Tablets (new)
Bupivacaine Hydrochloride
Chemical information
Cabergoline (new)
Carbomer 934
Title change
Definition
Packaging and storage
Viscosity
Carbomer 934P
Title change
Definition
Packaging and storage
Viscosity
Carbomer 940
Title change
Definition
Packaging and storage
Viscosity
Carbomer 941
Title change
Definition
Packaging and storage
Viscosity
Carbomer Copolymer
Definition
Labeling
Viscosity
S3/vii
Carbomer Homopolymer
Definition
Labeling
Viscosity
Carbomer Interpolymer
Definition
Labeling
Viscosity
Cefdinir (new)
Cefdinir Capsules (new)
Cefdinir for Oral Suspension (new)
Corn Syrup (new)
Didanosine
USP Reference standards
Dimethyl Sulfoxide
Definition
Dronabinol
Packaging and storage
Dyclonine Hydrochloride
Chemical information
Erythorbic Acid (new)
Fenofibrate Capsules (new)
Flavoxate Hydrochloride (new)
Flavoxate Hydrochloride Tablets (new)
Formoterol Fumarate (new)
Foscarnet Sodium (new)
Liquid Glucose
Chemical information
Packaging and storage
Labeling (added)
USP Reference standards (added)
Glyceryl Monooleate
Chemical information
USP Reference standards
Granisetron Hydrochloride (new)
Iopamidol
Chemical structure
USP Reference standards
Isopropyl Alcohol
USP Reference standards
Ivermectin Tablets, 2730
Dissolution (added)
Lecithin
Chemical information
Packaging and storage
Labeling (added)
USP Reference standards (added)
Lisinopril and Hydrochlorothiazide Tablets (new)
Pantoprazole Sodium (new)
Pantoprazole Sodium Delayed-Release Tablets (new)
Piperazine Adipate (new)
Piperazine Dihydrochloride (new)
Piperazine Phosphate (new)
Polyvinyl Alcohol
Definition
Packaging and storage
Labeling (added)
USP Reference standards (added)
Viscosity
Potassium Bromide Oral Solution, Veterinary (new)
Prednisolone Sodium Phosphate
Definition
Propofol Injectable Emulsion (new)
Propylene Glycol Monolaurate
USP Reference standards
Sodium Bromide Injection, Veterinary (new)
Sodium Bromide Oral Solution, Veterinary (new)
Tamsulosin Hydrochloride (new)
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 8
S3/viii
Section 1
Mission and Preface
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
Section Contents
Mission and Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/3
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Mission Statement
USPNF is published in continuing pursuit of the mission of USP: To
improve the health of people around the world through public standards and related programs that help ensure the quality and safety of
medicines and foods.
History
On January 1, 1820, 11 physicians met in the Senate Chamber of the
U.S. Capitol building to establish a pharmacopeia for the United States.
These practitioners sought to create a compendium of the best therapeutic products, give them useful names, and provide recipes for their
preparation. Nearly a year later, on December 15, 1820, the first edition
of The Pharmacopoeia of the United States was published. Over time,
the nature of the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) changed from
being a compendium of recipes to a compendium of documentary
standards that increasingly are allied with reference materials, which
together establish the identity of an article through tests for strength,
quality, and purity. The publishing schedule of the USP also changed
over time. From 1820 to 1942, the USP was published at 10-year intervals; from 1942 to 2000, at 5-year intervals; and beginning in 2002,
annually.
In 1888, the American Pharmaceutical Association published the
first national formulary under the title The National Formulary of Unoficinal [sic] Preparations (NF). Both the USP and the NF were recognized in the Federal Food and Drugs Act of 1906 and again in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 1938. In 1975, USP acquired the
National Formulary (NF), which now contains excipients standards with
references to allied reference materials. Today, USP continues to develop USP and NF through the work of the Council of Experts into compendia that provide standards for articles based on advances in analytical and metrological science. As these and allied sciences evolve, so do
USP and NF.
USP 32NF 27 text is official May 1, 2009, unless otherwise noted. USP
NF contains official substance and preparation (product) monographs.
The terms official substance and official preparation are defined in
the General Notices of this Pharmacopeia. With few exceptions, all articles for which monographs are provided in USP 32NF 27 are legally
marketed in the United States or are contained in legally marketed
articles.
A USPNF monograph for an official substance or preparation
includes the articles definition; packaging, storage, and other requirements; and a specification. The specification consists of a series of universal (description, identification, impurities, assay) and
specific tests, one or more analytical procedures for each test, and
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
USP 32NF 27
Revision BulletinsIf the circumstances require immediate publication of official text, a proposal or postponement may be published
through a Revision Bulletin. Revision Bulletins are posted on the USP
website and published in the next USPNF or Supplement, as applicable. Revision Bulletin official dates are specified in the individual Revision Bulletin.
Pharmacopeial Forum (PF)Each PF contains several sections. The
Policies and Announcements section provides information about publication and comment deadlines, USP news, and summaries of issues
discussed by the Council of Experts and its Expert Committees. Proposals for revision are presented as In-Process Revisions and represent
draft revisions that are expected to advance to official status pending
final review and approval by the relevant Expert Committee.
PF also includes Pending and Canceled Proposals and a Harmonization section. The Stimuli to the Revision Process section presents reports or statements of authoritative bodies, scientific articles relevant
to compendial issues, general commentaries by interested parties, and
summaries of comments received in response to policy initiatives. PF
concludes with sections containing Nomenclature, Index, and Chromatographic Reagents used in USPNF and PF. Each issue of PF also
provides a cumulative index for the given calendar year.
Symbols Indicating Change to Official TextSymbols identify the beginning and end of each revision. The following table summarizes
the types of symbols and the associated subscripts used in USP
publications:
Revision Type
Symbol
Subscript
Interim Revision
new text
Announcement
16
1
new text
Revision Bulletin
(RB 1-Jan-2009)
1
or
Text deletion
1
1S (USP31) or
USP31
Adopted in Supplement
new text1S (USP31)
1 or 2S (USP annual
edition)
Adopted in USPNF
new textUSP31
USP annual edition
Supplement
1
2
Interim Revision
Announcement
35(1)
35(2)
35(3)
35(4)
35(5)
35(6)
Official Date
Symbols
Feb. 1, 2009
Apr. 1, 2009
June 1, 2009
Aug. 1, 2009
Aug. 1, 2009
Oct. 1, 2009
Dec. 1, 2009
Dec. 1, 2009
and
1
and
2
and
3
and1S (USP32)
and
4
and
5
and2S (USP32)
and
6
Chemical Names and CAS Registry NumbersChemical subtitles given in the monographs are index names used by the Chemical Abstracts
Service (CAS) of the American Chemical Society. They are provided
only in monographs in which the titles specify substances that are definable chemical entities. The first subtitle is the inverted form of the
systematic chemical name developed by CAS. This is presented in accordance with the rules established over the years by the International
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) and the International
Union of Biochemistry, and this form is employed in the current issues
of Chemical Abstracts (CA). The second subtitle, given in uninverted
form, is of a systematic type formerly used in CA. It is identical with, or
closely resembles, the chemical name sanctioned and employed by
IUPAC and by the World Health Organization (WHO). IUPAC names
make generous use of nonsystematic and semisystematic (often referred to as trivial) names and qualifying terms, all of which impede
electronic manipulation. In contrast, CAS names are fully systematic
for most substances and are amenable to search and retrieval. The two
subtitles referred to above are frequently identical, and a CAS synonym
is occasionally supplied as a third subtitle. Monographs with chemical
subtitles generally also carry CAS registry numbers. These italicized,
bracketed numbers function independently of nomenclature as invariant numerical designators of unique, unambiguous chemical substances in the CAS registry and thus are convenient and widely used.
Print and Electronic PresentationsAll USPNF publications are available in print form. In addition, USPNF and its two annual Supplements are available in compact disc (CD) and online versions. The CD
version makes USPNF accessible to users on their computer hard
drives. The online format allows individual registered users to access
the online format through the Internet. Both electronic formats provide access to official USPNF content, along with extensive search
options. The electronic formats are cumulatively updated to integrate
the content of Supplements. Searchable electronic versions of PF and
of the USP Dictionary also are available.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Interim revisions are shown with new text (if any) enclosed in circles,
new text . New text revised in Revision Bulletins is enclosed in cir1
cles, new text1. Text enclosed in squares, new text1S (USP31), has already been adopted in a Supplement. Text that has been adopted in
the USPNF is enclosed in triangles, new textUSP32. Where the symbols appear together with no enclosed text, such as 1 or 1S (USP31), it
means that text has been deleted and no new text has been proposed
to replace it.
In all revisions, the closing symbol is accompanied by a subscript
number or date that indicates the Interim Revision Announcement
(IRA), Revision Bulletin, or Supplement in which the revision first appeared. An example of a revision that was officially adopted in the
Second Interim Revision Announcement would be 2 ; an example of a
revision that was officially adopted in the Revision Bulletin on June 18,
2008, would be 1. An example of revision that was officially adopted in
the Second Supplement to USP 31 would be 2S (USP31). Last, an example
of a revision that was officially adopted in USP 32NF 27 would be
USP32. The following table shows symbols and official dates for Interim
Revision Announcements and Supplements to USP 32NF 27:
USP 32NF 27
Revision Document
Stakeholder Forums and Project TeamsUSP has formed several domestic and international Stakeholder Forums and Project Teams in the
20052010 cycle to exchange information and receive comment on
USPs standards-setting activities. Depending on the topic, a stakeholder forum may form project teams to work on selected topics. USP
has also formed country and regional Stakeholder Forums. The following are lists of Stakeholder Forums for the 20052010 cycle.
Domestic Stakeholder Forums (United States and Canada)
Prescription/Nonprescription
Biologics and Biotechnology
Compounding
Dietary Supplements
Food Ingredients
Patient Safety
International Stakeholder Forums
Europe
India
Latin America
USP also conducts Annual Scientific Meetings in the United States,
India, China, Latin America, and the Middle East/North Africa.
StaffUSP maintains a staff of over 500 scientists, professionals, and
administrative personnel at its Rockville, Maryland, headquarters. Additional staff members are located at the account management office
in Basel, Switzerland, and laboratory complexes in Hyderabad, India;
Shanghai, China; and So Paolo, Brazil.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Legal Recognition
Recognition of USPNFUSPNF is recognized by law and custom in
many countries throughout the world. In the United States, the federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) defines the term official
compendium as the official USP, the official NF, the official Homeopathic Pharmacopeia of the United States, or any supplement to them.
FDA may enforce compliance with official standards in USPNF under
the adulteration and misbranding provisions of the FD&C Act. These
provisions extend broad authority to FDA to prevent entry to or remove designated products from the United States market on the basis
of standards in the USPNF.
The identity of an official article, as expressed by its name, is established if it conforms in all respects to the requirements of its monograph and other relevant portions of the compendia. The FD&C Act
stipulates that an article may differ in strength, quality, or purity and
still have the same name if the difference is stated on the articles label.
FDA requires that names for articles that are not official must be clearly
distinguishing and differentiating from any name recognized in an
official compendium. Official preparations (a drug product, a dietary
supplement including nutritional supplements, or a finished device)
may contain additional suitable ingredients. (See General Notices.)
DrugsUSPs goal is to have substance and preparation (product)
monographs in USPNF for all FDA-approved drugs, including biologics, and their ingredients. USP also develops monographs for therapeutic products not approved by FDA, e.g., pre-1938 drugs, dietary
supplements, and compounded preparations. Although submission of
information needed to develop a monograph by the Council of Experts
is voluntary, compliance with a USPNF monograph, if available, is
mandatory.
BiologicsIn the United States, although some biologics are regulated
under the provisions of the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), provisions of the FD&C Act also apply to these products. For this reason,
products approved under the PHSA should comply with the adulteration and misbranding provisions of the FD&C Act at Section 501(b) and
502(g) and, thus, should conform to applicable official monographs in
USPNF.
Medical DevicesSection 201(h) of the FD&C Act defines a device as
an instrument, apparatus, similar article, or component thereof recognized in USPNF. Section 502(e) of the FD&C Act defines the established name of a device in the absence of an FDA designation of the
official name as the official title in an official compendium. Despite
these statutory provisions, there is no comparable recognition of USPs
standards-setting authority and ability to define a medical device as
exists for other FDA-regulated therapeutic products. Under authority
granted by the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of
1997, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health recognizes national and international standards, including some USP tests and assays, for medical devices.
Dietary SupplementsThe Dietary Supplement Health and Education
Act of 1994 amendments to the FD&C Act name USP and NF as the official compendia for dietary supplements. The amendments also provide that a dietary supplement may be deemed misbranded if it is cov-
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
ment for this work are the Food and Drug Administration and the
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. The FDA Liaison Program
allows FDA representatives to participate in Expert Committee meetings, enabling continuing interactions between FDA scientific staff and
Expert Committee activities. Staff in the FDA Centers who are responsible for review of compendial activities provide specific links and opportunities for exchange of comments. Mr. Larry A. Ouderkirk in the
Center for Drug Evaluation and Research provides a primary compendial link between FDA and USP.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Harmonization Activities
Pharmacopeial Discussion GroupUSP harmonizes pharmacopeial
excipient monographs and General Chapters through the Pharmacopeial Discussion Group (PDG), which includes representatives from
the European, Japanese, and United States pharmacopeias, and WHO
(as an observer). According to the PDG definition, a pharmacopeial
general chapter or other pharmacopeial document is harmonized
when a pharmaceutical substance or product tested by the documents
harmonized procedure yields the same results, and the same accept/
reject decision is reached. General Information Chapter 1196, Pharmacopeial Harmonization, provides (1) the PDG Policy Statement, (2)
the PDG Working Procedures and a definition of each stage of harmonization, (3) a discussion, (4) a status report, and (5) a glossary.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
USP Pharmacists PharmacopeiaUSPNF is directed primarily to pharmaceutical and dietary supplement manufacturers, although it contains many monographs and allied text useful for compounding
practitioners. To better accommodate the needs of these practitioners
and more generally the needs of the pharmacy community, USP has
made available the USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia. This text provides
pharmacy-relevant abridged official text from the USPNF as well as
authorized information. The former refers to standards for official
articles; the latter is more general information designed to be useful
to practitioners. Both types of text are developed under the Rules and
Procedures of the Council of Experts. The USP Pharmacists Pharmacopeia is available both in print and in a web-based version.
USP DictionaryThe USP Dictionary of USAN and International Drug
Names provides in a single volume the most up-to-date United States
Adopted Names of drugs; official USPNF names; nonproprietary,
brand, and chemical names; graphic formulas; molecular formulas and
weights; CAS registry numbers and code designations; drug manufacturers; and pharmacologic and therapeutic categories. The Dictionary
helps to ensure the accuracy of the following: product labeling; reports, articles, and correspondence; FDA regulatory filings; and pharmaceutical package inserts. It is published annually (latest edition April
2008) and is recognized by FDA as the official source for established
drug names (See Nomenclature section.)
USP CatalogWhen referenced in a compendial procedure, use of
official USPNF Reference Standards promotes uniform quality of
drugs and supports first-, second-, and third-party testing of all manufactured and compounded articles. The publication listing the collection of official USPNF Reference Standards can be accessed on the
USP website at www.usp.org and is available in print form by contacting USP Sales and Marketing staff at 301-816-8237. The listing identifies
new items, replacement lots, lots of a single item that are simultaneously official, lots deleted from official status, and a preview of items
eventually to be adopted. Purchase order information is included, and
the names of distributors who can facilitate international availability of
these items are suggested. This program benefits from the widespread
voluntary contribution of suitable materials and test data from pharmaceutical manufacturers. USP advances this unofficial material to official
status via careful characterization studies and collaborative testing, followed by review and, if appropriate, approval by the Reference Standards Committee of the Council of Experts.
Section 2
General Notices and Requirements
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
Section Contents
USP General Notices and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/11
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
General Notices
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
3. Conformance to Standards
3.10. Applicability of Standards
Standards for an article recognized in a USP compendium are expressed in the articles monograph, applicable general chapters, and
these General Notices. Unless specifically exempted elsewhere in a
compendium, the identity, strength, quality, and purity of an article are
determined by the official tests, procedures, and acceptance criteria,
whether incorporated in the monograph itself, in the General Notices,
or in the applicable general chapters.
The standards in the relevant monograph, general chapter(s), and
General Notices apply at any time in the life of the article from production to expiration. The manufacturers specifications, and good manufacturing practices generally, are developed and followed to ensure
that the article will comply with compendial standards until its expiration date, when stored as directed. Thus, any official article tested as
directed in the relevant monograph shall comply.
At times, compendial standards take on the character of statistical
procedures, with multiple units involved and perhaps a sequential
procedural design to allow the user to determine that the tested article
meets or does not meet the standard. The similarity to statistical procedures may seem to suggest an intent to make inference to some larger
group of units, but in all cases, statements about whether the compendial standard is met apply only to the units tested. Repeats, replicates,
statistical rejection of outliers, or extrapolations of results to larger
populations, as well as the necessity and appropriate frequency of
batch testing, are neither specified nor proscribed by the compendia.
First-party (manufacturer), second-party (buyer), or third-party (regulator) compliance testing may or may not require examination of additional specimens, in accordance with predetermined guidelines or
sampling strategies.
Official products other than dietary supplements are prepared
from ingredients that meet USP or NF standards, where standards for
such ingredients exist.
General Notices
Official substances are prepared according to recognized principles of good manufacturing practice and from ingredients complying
with specifications designed to ensure that the resultant substances
meet the requirements of the compendial monographs.
3.10.10. Applicability of Standards to Drug Products, Drug
Substances, and Excipients
The applicable USP or NF standard applies to any article marketed in
the United States that (1) is recognized in the compendium and (2) is
intended or labeled for use as a drug or as an ingredient in a drug. The
applicable standard applies to such articles whether or not the added
designation USP or NF is used. The standards apply equally to articles bearing the official titles or names derived by transposition of the
definitive words of official titles or transposition in the order of the
names of two or more active ingredients in official titles.
3.10.20. Applicability of Standards to Medical Devices, Dietary
Supplements, and Their Components and Ingredients
An article recognized in USP or NF shall comply with the compendial
standards if the article is a medical device, component intended for a
medical device, dietary supplement, dietary ingredient, or other ingredient that is intended for incorporation into a dietary supplement, and
is labeled as conforming to the USP or NF.
Generally, dietary supplements are prepared from ingredients that
meet USP, NF, or Food Chemicals Codex standards. Where such standards do not exist, substances may be used in dietary supplements if
they have been shown to be of acceptable food grade quality using
other suitable procedures.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
General Notices
5. Monograph Components
5.10. Molecular Formula
The use of the molecular formula for the active ingredient(s) named in
defining the required strength of a compendial article is intended to
designate the chemical entity or entities, as given in the complete
chemical name of the article, having absolute (100 percent) purity.
5.20. Added Substances, Excipients, and Ingredients
Substances are regarded as unsuitable for inclusion in an official article
and therefore prohibited unless: (1) they do not exceed the minimum
quantity required for providing their intended effect; (2) their presence
does not impair the bioavailability, therapeutic efficacy, or safety of
the official article; and (3) they do not interfere with the assays and
tests prescribed for determining compliance with the compendial
standards.
The air in a container of an official article may, where appropriate,
be evacuated or be replaced by carbon dioxide, helium, argon, or nitrogen, or by a mixture of these gases. The use of such gas need not be
declared in the labeling.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Very soluble
Freely soluble
Soluble
Sparingly soluble
Slightly soluble
Very slightly soluble
Practically insoluble, or Insoluble
Less than 1
From 1 to 10
From 10 to 30
From 30 to 100
From 100 to 1,000
From 1,000 to 10,000
Greater than or equal to 10,000
General Notices
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
General Notices
Certain general chapters contain a statement that the text in question is harmonized with the corresponding text of the European Phar
macopoeia and/or the Japanese Pharmacopoeia and that these texts
are interchangeable. Therefore, if a substance or preparation is found
to comply with a requirement using an interchangeable method or
procedure from one of these pharmacopeias, it should comply with
the requirements of the USP. When a difference appears, or in the
event of dispute, only the result obtained by the method and/or procedure given in the USP is conclusive.
6.40. Dried, Anhydrous, Ignited, or Solvent-Free Basis
All calculations in the compendia assume an as-is basis unless otherwise specified.
Test procedures may be performed on the undried or unignited
substance and the results calculated on the dried, anhydrous, or ignited basis, provided a test for Loss on drying, or Water, or Loss on igni
tion, respectively, is given in the monograph. Where the presence of
moisture or other volatile material may interfere with the procedure,
previous drying of the substance is specified in the individual monograph and is obligatory.
The term solvent-free signifies that the calculation shall be corrected for the presence of known solvents as determined using the
methods described in Residual Solvents 467 unless a test for limit of
organic solvents is provided in the monograph.
The term previously dried without qualification signifies that the
substance shall be dried as directed under Loss on Drying 731 or Wa
ter Determination 921 (gravimetric determination).
Where drying in vacuum over a desiccant is directed, a vacuum
desiccator, a vacuum drying pistol, or other suitable vacuum drying
apparatus shall be used.
6.50.20. Solutions
Unless otherwise specified, all solutions shall be prepared with Purified Water. Solutions for quantitative measures shall be prepared using
accurately weighed or accurately measured analytes (see section 8.20,
About).
An expression such as (1 in 10) means that 1 part by volume of
a liquid shall be diluted with, or 1 part by weight of a solid shall be
dissolved in, a sufficient quantity of the diluent or solvent to make
the volume of the finished solution 10 parts by volume. An expression such as (20:5:2) means that the respective numbers of parts, by
volume, of the designated liquids shall be mixed, unless otherwise
indicated.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
6.60.10. Tablets
Where the procedure of a Tablet monograph directs to weigh and
finely powder not fewer than a given number of Tablets, a counted
number of Tablets shall be weighed and reduced to a powder. The portion of the powdered Tablets taken shall be representative of the
whole Tablets and shall, in turn, be weighed accurately.
6.60.20. Capsules
Where the procedure of a Capsule monograph gives direction to remove, as completely as possible, the contents of not fewer than a given
number of the Capsules, a counted number of Capsules shall be carefully opened and the contents quantitatively removed, combined,
mixed, and weighed accurately. The portion of mixed Capsules contents taken shall be representative of the contents of the Capsules and
shall, in turn, be weighed accurately.
6.70. Reagents
The proper conduct of the compendial procedures and the reliability
of the results depend, in part, upon the quality of the reagents used in
the performance of the procedures. Unless otherwise specified, reagents conforming to the specifications set forth in the current edition
of Reagent Chemicals published by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) shall be used. Where such ACS reagent specifications are not
available or where the required purity differs, compendial specifications for reagents of acceptable quality are provided (see the Reagents,
Indicators, and Solutions section of the USPNF). Reagents not covered
by any of these specifications should be of a grade suitable to the
proper performance of the method of assay or test involved.
Listing of these reagents, including the indicators and solutions
employed as reagents, in no way implies that they have therapeutic
utility; furthermore, any reference to USP or NF in their labeling shall
include also the term reagent or reagent grade. USP may supply reagents if they otherwise may not be generally commercially available.
General Notices
6.80. Equipment
Unless otherwise specified, a specification for a definite size or type of
container or apparatus in a procedure is given solely as a recommendation. Other dimensions or types may be used if they are suitable for
the intended use.
6.80.10. Apparatus for Measurement
Where volumetric flasks or other exact measuring, weighing, or sorting devices are specified, this or other equipment of at least equivalent
accuracy shall be employed.
6.80.10.1. Pipet
Where a pipet is specified, a suitable buret may be substituted. Where
a to contain pipet is specified, a suitable volumetric flask may be
substituted.
6.80.10.2. Light Protection
Where low-actinic or light-resistant containers are specified, either
containers specially treated to protect contents from light or clear containers that have been rendered opaque by application of a suitable
coating or wrapping may be used.
6.80.20. Instrumental Apparatus
An instrument may be substituted for the specified instrument if the
substitute uses the same fundamental principles of operation and is of
equivalent or greater sensitivity and accuracy. These characteristics
shall be qualified as appropriate. Where a particular brand or source of
a material, instrument, or piece of equipment, or the name and address of a manufacturer or distributor, is mentioned (ordinarily in a
footnote), this identification is furnished solely for informational purposes as a matter of convenience, without implication of approval, endorsement, or certification.
6.80.20.2. Tubing
The term diameter refers to outside diameter (OD).
7. Test Results
7.10. Interpretation of Requirements
Analytical results observed in the laboratory (or calculated from exper
imental measurements) are compared with stated acceptance criteria to
determine whether the article conforms to compendial requirements.
The reportable value, which often is a summary value for several
individual determinations, is compared with the acceptance criteria.
The reportable value is the end result of a completed measurement
procedure, as documented.
Where acceptance criteria are expressed numerically herein
through specification of an upper and/or lower limit, permitted values
include the specified values themselves, but no values outside the
limit(s). Acceptance criteria are considered significant to the last digit
shown.
7.10.10. Equivalence Statements in Titrimetric Procedures
The directions for titrimetric procedures conclude with a statement of
the weight of the analyte that is equivalent to each mL of the standard-
P
S
U
9
Compendial Requirement
0
0
2
ized titrant. In such an equivalence statement, the number of significant figures in the concentration of the titrant should be understood
to correspond to the number of significant figures in the weight of the
analyte. Corrections to calculations based on the blank determination
are to be made for all titrimetric assays where appropriate (see Titrim
etry 541).
Unrounded
Value
Rounded Result Conforms
97.96%
97.92%
97.95%
101.55%
101.46%
101.45%
0.025%
0.015%
0.027%
3.5 ppm
3.4 ppm
2.5 ppm
98.0%
97.9%
98.0%
101.6%
101.5%
101.5%
0.03%
0.02%
0.03%
4 ppm
3 ppm
3 ppm
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
General Notices
8.150. Pressure
Pressure is determined by use of a suitable manometer or barometer
calibrated in terms of the pressure exerted by a column of mercury of
the stated height.
8.60. Concomitantly
Concomitantly denotes that the determinations or measurements
are to be performed in immediate succession.
8.180. Temperatures
Temperatures are expressed in centigrade (Celsius) degrees, and all
measurements are made at 25 unless otherwise indicated. Where
moderate heat is specified, any temperature not higher than 45(113F)
is indicated.
8.70. Desiccator
The instruction in a desiccator indicates use of a tightly closed container of suitable size and design that maintains an atmosphere of low
moisture content by means of a suitable desiccant such as anhydrous
calcium chloride, magnesium perchlorate, phosphorus pentoxide, or
silica gel. See also section 8.220, Vacuum Desiccator.
8.80. Logarithms
Logarithms are to the base 10.
8.90. Microbial Strain
A microbial strain cited and identified by its ATCC catalog number shall
be used directly or, if subcultured, shall be used not more than five
passages removed from the original strain.
8.110. NLT/NMT
NLT means not less than. NMT means not more than.
8.120. Odor
Odorless, practically odorless, a faint characteristic odor, and
variations thereof indicate evaluation of a suitable quantity of freshly
opened material after exposure to the air for 15 minutes. An odor designation is descriptive only and should not be regarded as a standard
of purity for a particular lot of an article.
8.130. Percent
Percent used without qualification means:
For mixtures of solids and semisolids, percent weight in weight;
For solutions or suspensions of solids in liquids, percent weight in
volume;
For solutions of liquids in liquids, percent volume in volume;
For solutions of gases in liquids, percent weight in volume.
For example, a 1 percent solution is prepared by dissolving 1 g of a
solid or semisolid, or 1 mL of a liquid, in sufficient solvent to make 100
mL of the solution.
8.140. Percentage Concentrations
Percentage concentrations are expressed as follows:
Percent Weight in Weight (w/w) is defined as the number of g of a
solute in 100 g of solution.
Percent Weight in Volume (w/v) is defined as number of g of a solute in 100 mL of solution.
Percent Volume in Volume (v/v) is defined as the number of mL of
a solute in 100 mL of solution.
8.190. Time
Unless otherwise specified, rounding rules, as described in section
7.20, Rounding Rules, apply to any time specified.
P
S
8.200. Transfer
Transfer indicates a quantitative manipulation.
8.210. Vacuum
Vacuum denotes exposure to a pressure of less than 20 mm of mercury (2.67 kPas), unless otherwise indicated.
U
9
0
0
2
8.100. Negligible
Negligible indicates a quantity not exceeding 0.50 mg.
8.230. Water
8.230.10. Water as an Ingredient in an Official Product
As an ingredient in an official product, water meets the requirements
of the appropriate water monograph in USP or NF.
8.230.20. Water in the Manufacture of Official Substances
When used in the manufacture of official substances, water may meet
the requirements for drinking water as set forth in the regulations of
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (potable water).
8.230.30. Water in a Compendial Procedure
When water is called for in a compendial procedure, the USP article
Purified Water shall be used unless otherwise specified. Definitions for
High-Purity Water and Carbon DioxideFree Water are provided in Con
tainersGlass 660. Definitions of other types of water are provided in
Water for Pharmaceutical Purposes 1231.
8.240. Weights and Measures
In general, weights and measures are expressed in the International
System of Units (SI) as established and revised by the Confrence g
nrale des poids et mesures. For compendial purposes, the term
weight is considered to be synonymous with mass.
Molality is designated by the symbol m preceded by a number
that represents the number of moles of the designated solute contained in 1 kilogram of the designated solvent.
Molarity is designated by the symbol M preceded by a number
that represents the number of moles of the designated solute contained in an amount of the designated solvent that is sufficient to prepare 1 liter of solution.
Normality is designated by the symbol N preceded by a number
that represents the number of equivalents of the designated solute
contained in an amount of the designated solvent that is sufficient to
prepare 1 liter of solution.
Section 2, General Notices S3/17
General Notices
dL = deciliter
L = liter
mL = milliliterc
L = microliter
Eq = gram-equivalent weight
mEq = milliequivalent
mol = gram-molecular weight (mole)
Da = dalton (relative molecular mass)
mmol = millimole
Osmol = osmole
mOsmol = milliosmole
Hz = hertz
kHz = kilohertz
MHz = megahertz
V = volts
MeV = million electron volts
keV = kilo-electron volt
mV = millivolt
psi = pounds per square inch
Pa = pascal
kPa = kilopascal
g = gravity (in centrifugation)
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
10.20. Containers
The container is that which holds the article and is or may be in direct
contact with the article. The immediate container is that which is in direct contact with the article at all times. The closure is a part of the
container.
Before being filled, the container should be clean. Special precautions and cleaning procedures may be necessary to ensure that each
container is clean and that extraneous matter is not introduced into or
onto the article.
The container does not interact physically or chemically with the
article placed in it so as to alter the strength, quality, or purity of the
article beyond the official requirements.
The compendial requirements for the use of specified containers
apply also to articles as packaged by the pharmacist or other dispenser,
unless otherwise indicated in the individual monograph.
General Notices
[noteWhere packaging and storage in a tight container or a wellclosed container is specified in the individual monograph, the container used for an article when dispensed on prescription meets the
requirements under ContainersPerformance Testing 671.]
10.20.50. Hermetic Container
A hermetic container is impervious to air or any other gas under the
ordinary or customary conditions of handling, shipment, storage, and
distribution.
10.20.60. Single-Unit Container
A single-unit container is one that is designed to hold a quantity of
drug product intended for administration as a single dose or a single
finished device intended for use promptly after the container is
opened. Preferably, the immediate container and/or the outer container or protective packaging shall be so designed as to show evidence of
any tampering with the contents. Each single-unit container shall be
labeled to indicate the identity, quantity and/or strength, name of the
manufacturer, lot number, and expiration date of the article.
10.20.70. Single-Dose Container
A single-dose container is a single-unit container for articles intended
for parenteral administration only. A single-dose container is labeled as
such. Examples of single-dose containers include prefilled syringes,
cartridges, fusion-sealed containers, and closure-sealed containers
when so labeled. (See also Containers for Injections under Injections
1.)
10.20.80. Unit-Dose Container
A unit-dose container is a single-unit container for articles intended
for administration by other than the parenteral route as a single dose,
direct from the container.
P
S
U
9
10.30.10. Freezer
Freezer indicates a place in which the temperature is maintained
thermostatically between 25 and 10 (13 and 14F).
0
0
2
packaging upon the request of the purchaser or when directed in a legitimate prescription (15 U.S.C. 1473).
Manufacturers or packagers of PPPA-regulated OTC preparations
are allowed to package one size in nonchild-resistant packaging as
long as popular-size, special packages are also supplied. The non
child-resistant package requires special labeling (16 CFR 1700.5).
Various types of child-resistant packages are covered in ASTM International Standard D-3475, Standard Classification of Child-Resistant
Packaging. Examples are included as an aid in the understanding and
comprehension of each type of classification.
10.30.20. Cold
Any temperature not exceeding 8 (46F) is cold. A refrigerator is a
cold place in which the temperature is maintained thermostatically
between 2 and 8 (36 and 46F).
10.30.30. Cool
Any temperature between 8 and 15 (46 and 59F) is cool. An article
for which storage in a cool place is directed may, alternatively, be
stored and distributed in a refrigerator, unless otherwise specified by
the individual monograph.
10.30.40. Controlled Cold Temperature
Controlled cold temperature is defined as temperature maintained
thermostatically between 2 and 8 (36 and 46F), that allows for excursions in temperature between 0 and 15 (32 and 59F) that may be
experienced during storage, shipping, and distribution such that
the allowable calculated mean kinetic temperature is not more than 8
(46F). Transient spikes up to 25 (77F) may be permitted if the manufacturer so instructs and provided that such spikes do not exceed 24
hours unless supported by stability data or the manufacturer instructs
otherwise.
10.30.50. Room Temperature
Room temperature indicates the temperature prevailing in a working
area.
10.30.60. Controlled Room Temperature
Controlled room temperature indicates a temperature maintained
thermostatically that encompasses the usual and customary working
environment of 20 to 25 (68 to 77F); that results in a mean kinetic
temperature calculated to be not more than 25; and that allows for
excursions between 15 and 30 (59 and 86F) that are experienced in
pharmacies, hospitals, and warehouses. Provided the mean kinetic
temperature remains in the allowed range, transient spikes up to 40
are permitted as long as they do not exceed 24 hours. Spikes above 40
may be permitted if the manufacturer so instructs. Articles may be labeled for storage at controlled room temperature or at up to 25, or
Section 2, General Notices S3/19
General Notices
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
10.40. Labeling
The term labeling designates all labels and other written, printed, or
graphic matter upon an immediate container of an article or upon, or
in, any package or wrapper in which it is enclosed, except any outer
shipping container. The term label designates that part of the labeling upon the immediate container.
A shipping container containing a single article, unless such container is also essentially the immediate container or the outside of the
consumer package, is labeled with a minimum of product identification (except for controlled articles), lot number, expiration date, and
conditions for storage and distribution.
Articles in these compendia are subject to compliance with such
labeling requirements as may be promulgated by governmental bodies
in addition to the compendial requirements set forth for the articles.
General Notices
data to the contrary, such beyond-use date shall be not later than (a)
the expiration date on the manufacturers container, or (b) 1 year from
the date the drug is dispensed, whichever is earlier. For nonsterile solid
and liquid dosage forms that are packaged in single-unit and unit-dose
containers, the beyond-use date shall be 1 year from the date the drug
is packaged into the single-unit or unit-dose container or the expiration date on the manufacturers container, whichever is earlier, unless
stability data or the manufacturers labeling indicates otherwise.
The dispenser shall maintain the facility where the dosage forms
are packaged and stored, at a temperature such that the mean kinetic
temperature is not greater than 25. The plastic material used in packaging the dosage forms shall afford better protection than polyvinyl
chloride, which does not provide adequate protection against moisture permeation. Records shall be kept of the temperature of the facility where the dosage forms are stored, and of the plastic materials
used in packaging.
10.40.100.1. Compounded Preparations
The label on the container or package of an official compounded
preparation shall bear a beyond-use date. The beyond-use date is the
date after which a compounded preparation is not to be used. Because
compounded preparations are intended for administration immediately or following short-term storage, their beyond-use dates may be
assigned based on criteria different from those applied to assigning
expiration dates to manufactured drug products.
The monograph for an official compounded preparation typically
includes a beyond-use requirement that states the time period following the date of compounding during which the preparation, properly
stored, may be used. In the absence of stability information that is applicable to a specific drug and preparation, recommendations for
maximum beyond-use dates have been devised for nonsterile compounded drug preparations that are packaged in tight, light-resistant
containers and stored at controlled room temperature unless otherwise indicated (see Stability Criteria and Beyond-Use Dating under
Stability of Compounded Preparations in the general test chapter Phar
maceutical CompoundingNonsterile Preparations 795).
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 3
Drug Substance and Compounded
Preparation Monographs
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Monographs for 127 compounded preparations are provided to help pharmacists ensure that a patient consistently receives a preparation that meets USP
standards. For the most part, these monographs have been tested to meet USP
standards of strength, quality, and purity until the stated beyond-use date (BUD).
In some instances, data from articles published in peer-reviewed scientific journals have been used for this purpose. (For additional information on BUD, see
general chapter Pharmaceutical CompoundingNonsterile Preparations 795.)
As outlined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (see section 11) any
compounded drug must meet compendial (USPNF) standards, if it uses the
compendial name. Pharmacists must be aware that if they prepare medications
that are named in the official USPNF (and provided here in the USP
Pharmacists Pharmacopeia), those products must meet the USPNF standards
for strength, quality and purity.
This section also includes abridged versions of the official USP and NF monographs for drug substances and ingredients that may be used in compounding.
While it is not expected that all compounding pharmacists will be able to
perform the procedures found herein, the standards in these monographs are
useful for evaluating Certificates of Analysis. A list of functional categories for
excipients also is provided at the end of this section.
Section Contents
rAlbumin Human . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/24
Alendronate Sodium Tablets . . . . S3/24
Alfadex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/24
Alfuzosin Hydrochloride . . . . . . . . S3/24
Aminophylline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/25
Betadex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/25
Bicalutamide Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/25
Bupivacaine Hydrochloride . . . . . S3/25
Cabergoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/25
Carbomer 934 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/26
Carbomer 934P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/26
Carbomer 940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/26
Carbomer 941 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/27
Carbomer Copolymer . . . . . . . . . . S3/27
Carbomer Homopolymer . . . . . . . S3/27
Carbomer Interpolymer . . . . . . . . S3/28
Cefdinir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/28
Cefdinir Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/28
Cefdinir for Oral Suspension . . . . S3/29
Corn Syrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/29
Didanosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/29
Dimethyl Sulfoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/29
Dronabinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/29
Dyclonine Hydrochloride . . . . . . . S3/29
Erythorbic Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/30
Fenofibrate Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . S3/30
Flavoxate Hydrochloride . . . . . . . . S3/30
Flavoxate Hydrochloride
Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/30
Formoterol Fumarate . . . . . . . . . . . S3/30
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
rAlbumin
rAlbumin Human
Alfadex
source:
source:
NF
(C6H10O5)6 972.84
Alpha cyclodextrin [10016-20-3].
C2936H4624N786O889S41 66,438 Da
Recombinant Albumin Human (rHA) is produced by recombinant DNA expression in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Structural
equivalence (primary, secondary, and tertiary) between rHA and
human serum albumin (HSA) has been demonstrated. It consists of 3 domains composed of 585 amino acids containing a
single tryptophan (Trp214), one free thiol (Cys34), and 17 disulfide
bridges. It is presented as a sterile and nonpyrogenic aqueous
liquid consisting of a 10 percent (w/v) or 20 percent (w/v) solution in Water for Injection. No human- or animal-derived raw
material is involved in its manufacture. Not less than 99 percent
of its total protein is albumin. It contains not less than 95 percent and not more than 105 percent of the labeled amount. It
contains no added antimicrobial agents, but it may contain appropriate stabilizing agents.
The presence of process-related impurities, host cell DNA, and
host cell proteins is process specific; suitable limits should be
determined by appropriately validated methods. However, the
limit for host cell proteins should be not more than 0.15 ppm
(0.15 mg per g).
Alendronate Sodium Tablets contain an amount of Alendronate Sodium equivalent to not less than 90.0 percent and not
more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount of alendronic
acid (C4H13NO7P2).
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight glass containers, and store between 2 and 8. Do not freeze.
LabelingLabel it to indicate that the material is of recombinant DNA
origin.
USP Reference standards 11USP rAlbumin Human RS. USP Endotoxin
RS.
Bacterial endotoxins 85It contains not more than 0.5 USP Endotoxin Unit
RS per mL.
Sterility 71: meets the requirements.
pH 791: between 6.4 and 7.4 when diluted with 0.9% (w/v) sodium chloride to obtain a solution containing 1% (w/v) protein.
source:
NF
Alfuzosin Hydrochloride
source:
USP
C19H27N5O4HCl 425.91
2-Furancarboxamide, N-[3-[(4-amino-6,7-dimethoxy-2-quinazolinyl)methylamino]propyl]tetrahydro-, monohydrochloride ().
()-N-[3-[(4-Amino-6,7-dimethoxy-2-quinazolinyl)methylamino]propyl]tetrahydro-2-furamide monohydrochloride [81403- 68-1].
Aminophylline
Aminophylline
source:
USP
NF
Bupivacaine Hydrochloride
0
0
2
source:
(C6H10O5)7 1134.98
Beta Cyclodextrin [7585-39-9].
P
S
1000C(AU/AS)
U
9
Betadex
source:
USP
C18H28N2OHClH2O 342.90
2-Piperidinecarboxamide, 1-butyl-N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-,
monohydrochloride, monohydrate, ()-.
()-1-Butyl-2',6'-pipecoloxylidide monohydrochloride,
monohydrate [73360-54-0].
Anhydrous 324.90 [18010-40-7].
Cabergoline
source:
USP
Bicalutamide Tablets
source:
USP
C26H37N5O2 451.60
Ergoline-8-carboxamide, N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-N-[(ethylamino)carbonyl]-6-(2-propenyl)-.
1-[(6-Allylergolin-8-yl)carbonyl]-1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3ethylurea [81409-90-7].
Carbomer
Cabergoline contains not less than 98.0 percent and not more
than 102.0 percent of C26H37N5O2, calculated on the anhydrous
basis.
Packaging and storageStore in tight containers, protected from light.
USP Reference standards 11USP Cabergoline RS.
Carbomer 934
(Any article currently titled Carbomer 934 that is manufactured without the use of benzene will be officially titled Carbomer Homopolymer after January 1, 2011, and will meet the requirements of the new
Carbomer Homopolymer monograph after January 1, 2007.)
source:
NF
(Any article currently titled Carbomer 934P that is manufactured without the use of benzene will be officially titled Carbomer Homopolymer after January 1, 2011, and will meet the requirements of the new
Carbomer Homopolymer monograph after January 1, 2007.)
source:
NF
P
S
U
9
Carbomer 940
(Any article currently titled Carbomer 940 that is manufactured without the use of benzene will be officially titled Carbomer Homopolymer after January 1, 2011, and will meet the requirements of the new
Carbomer Homopolymer monograph after January 1, 2007.)
0
0
2
Carbomer 934P
source:
NF
Carbomer
Carbomer 941
(Any article currently titled Carbomer 941 that is manufactured without the use of benzene will be officially titled Carbomer Homopolymer after January 1, 2011, and will meet the requirements of the new
Carbomer Homopolymer monograph after January 1, 2007.)
source:
NF
Carbomer Copolymer
source:
NF
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Table 2
Carbomer Copolymer
A 450013,500
B
10,00029,000
C
25,00045,000
Carbomer Homopolymer
(Title for this new monographto become official January 1, 2011)
(Prior to January 1, 2011, the current practice of labeling the article of
commerce with the name Carbomer 934, Carbomer 934P, Carbomer
940, or Carbomer 941, whichever is appropriate, may be continued.)
source:
NF
Table 1
Viscosity Ranges (mPas)
100400
4001600
10004000
20008000
400016,000
10,00040,000
40,000160,000
Spindle No.
Multiplier
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5.6
4.7
3.5
2.7
2.1
1.5
2.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
3.0
6.1
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
5.5
5
20
50
100
200
500
2,000
Carbomer
[noteThis monograph applies to, but is not limited to, Carbomer 934, Carbomer 934P, Carbomer 940, and Carbomer 941
manufactured without benzene. The heading of this monograph does not constitute the official title for a Carbomer Homopolymer manufactured with the use of benzene. When
benzene is used in the manufacturing process, the name of the
article will be Carbomer 934, Carbomer 934P, Carbomer 940, or
Carbomer 941, whichever is appropriate.]
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight containers, at a temperature not
exceeding 45.
LabelingLabel it to indicate whether it is Type A, B, or C; and also to state
the measured viscosity, giving the viscosity measurement parameters, the
concentration of the solution, and the type of equipment used; the solvent
or solvents used in the polymerization process; and the nominal and residual solvent levels for each solvent.
Viscosity 911Carefully add 2.50 g of the resin, which has been previously dried, to 500 mL of water in a 800-mL beaker, while stirring continuously at 1000 50 rpm. The stirrer shaft is set at an angle of 60 and positioned at one side of the beaker, and the propeller is positioned near the
bottom of the beaker. The stirrer used should be a three-blade, 2-inch
marine impeller. Add Carbomer Homopolymer at a uniform rate over a
period of 45 to 60 seconds, being sure that loose aggregates of powder are
broken up, and continue stirring at 1000 50 rpm for 15 minutes. [note
Proper dispersion of the Carbomer Homopolymer resin is imperative for
accurate viscosity readings.] Remove the stirrer, and allow the beaker containing the dispersion to stand at controlled room temperature for 30
minutes. Insert a paddle stirrer to a depth necessary to ensure that the air
is not drawn into the dispersion, and while stirring at 300 25 rpm, titrate
potentiometrically (see Titrimetry 541) with sodium hydroxide solution (18
in 100) to a pH of between 7.3 and 7.8. After adding the sodium hydroxide
solution, stir with a paddle mixer at 300 25 rpm for 2 to 3 minutes. [note
After neutralization, care must be taken to avoid excessively high shearing,
as aggressive mixing will break the polymer chains and reduce the viscosity reading.] Take the final pH reading with a pH meter to make sure it is
between 7.3 and 7.8. [noteIf the pH is below 7.3, raise the pH with additional sodium hydroxide. If the pH is above 7.8, discard the mucilage, and
prepare another using a smaller amount of sodium hydroxide for titration.]
Place the neutralized mucilage into a water bath maintained at 25 0.1 for
1 hour. Measure the pH again, and make certain the mucilage pH is between 7.3 and 7.8. Perform the viscosity determination without delay to
avoid slight viscosity changes occurring after 75 minutes of neutralization.
Carbomer Interpolymer
source:
NF
U
9
Carbomer Interpolymer
0
0
2
P
S
A
45,00065,000
B
47,00077,000
C 8,50016,500
Cefdinir
source:
USP
in the chart below. For spindle dimensions, consult the table under
Carbomer Copolymer.
Expected Viscosity (mPas)
100400
4001600
10004000
20008000
400016,000
10,00040,000
40,000160,000
Spindle Number
Multiplier
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
20
50
100
200
500
2000
The spindle rotates at 20 rpm. Follow the instrument manufacturers directions to measure the apparent viscosity. The viscosity values, determined
by the conditions specified herein, are within the limits specified in the
accompanying table.
Carbomer Homopolymer
C14H13N5O5S2 395.41
5-Thia-1-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid, 7-[[(2-amino-4thiazolyl)(hydroxyimino)acetyl]amino]-3-ethenyl-8-oxo-,
[6R-[6,7(Z)]]-.
(-)-(6R,7R)-7-[2-(2-Amino-4-thiazolyl)glyoxylamido]-8-oxo-3-vinyl-5thia-1-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid, 72-(Z)oxime [91832-40-5].
Cefdinir contains not less than 960 mg per mg and not more
than 1020 mg per mg of C14H13N5O5S2, calculated on the anhydrous basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers.
USP Reference standards 11USP Cefdinir RS. USP Cefdinir Related Compound A RS.
A 4,00011,000
B
25,00045,000
C
40,00060,000
Cefdinir Capsules
source:
USP
Cefdinir Capsules contain not less than 90.0 percent and not
more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount ofC14H13N5O5S2.
Available as a Brookfield RV viscometer, or the equivalent.
Cefdinir
USP Reference standards 11USP Cefdinir RS. USP Cefdinir Related Compound A RS. USP Cefdinir Related Compound B RS.
Uniformity of dosage units 905: meet the requirements.
USP
Cefdinir for Oral Suspension contains not less than 90.0 percent and not more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount of
C14H13N5O5S2. It may contain one or more suitable buffers, flavors, preservatives, stabilizing agents, sweeteners, and suspending agents.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers, and
store at controlled room temperature.
LabelingThe label specifies the directions for the constitution of the
powder and states the equivalent amount of C14H13N5O5S2 in a given volume
of Oral Suspension after constitution.
USP Reference standards 11USP Cefdinir RS. USP Cefdinir Related Compound A RS. USP Cefdinir Related Compound B RS.
Uniformity of dosage units 905For Oral Suspension packaged in singleunit containers: meets the requirements.
pH 791: between 3.5 and 4.5.
Dimethyl Sulfoxide
source:
C2H6OS 78.13
Methane, sulfinylbis-.
Methyl sulfoxide [67-68-5].
Dronabinol
source:
NF
[8029-43-4].
Didanosine
source:
C21H30O2 314.46
6H-Dibenzo[b,d]pyran-1-ol, 6a,7,8,10a-tetrahydro-6,6,9-trimethyl-3pentyl-, (6aR-trans)-.
(6aR,10aR)-6a,7,8,10a-Tetrahydro-6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6Hdibenzo[b,d]-pyran-1-ol [1972-08-3].
0
0
2
P
S
USP
U
9
Corn Syrup
source:
USP
Dyclonine Hydrochloride
source:
USP
USP
C18H27NO2HCl 325.87
1-Propanone, 1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-3-(1-piperidinyl)-hydrochloride.
4'-Butoxy-3-piperidinopropiophenone hydrochloride [536-43-6].
C10H12N4O3 236.23
Inosine, 2',3'-dideoxy-.
2',3'-Dideoxyinosine [69655-05-6].
Didanosine contains not less than 98.0 percent and not more
than 102.0 percent of C10H12N4O3, calculated on the anhydrous
basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in well-closed containers, and store at
controlled room temperature.
USP Reference standards 11USP Didanosine RS. USP Didanosine Related Compound A RS. USP Didanosine Related Compound B RS. USP Didanosine System Suitability Mixture RS.
Erythorbic
Erythorbic Acid
source:
NF
source:
USP
Erythorbic Acid contains not less than 99.0 percent and not
more than the equivalent of 100.5 percent of C6H8O6, calculated
on the dried basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers.
USP Reference standards 11USP Erythorbic Acid RS.
Fenofibrate Capsules
Formoterol Fumarate
source:
source:
USP
U
9
0
0
2
Flavoxate Hydrochloride
Foscarnet Sodium
source:
source:
USP
C24H25NO4HCl 427.92
4H-1-Benzopyran-8-carboxylic acid, 3-methyl-4-oxo-2-phenyl-, 2-(1piperidinyl)ethyl ester, hydrochloride.
2-Piperidinoethyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-2-phenyl-4H-1-benzopyran-8carboxylate hydrochloride [3717-88-2].
P
S
USP
USP
CNa3O5P6H2O 300.04
Phosphinecarboxylic acid, dihydroxy-, oxide, trisodium salt,
hexahydrate.
Phosphonoformic acid, trisodium salt, hexahydrate [34156-56-4].
Foscarnet Sodium contains not less than 98.5 percent and not
more than 101.0 percent of CNa3O5P, calculated on the dried
basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers. Store
at room temperature.
Glucose
Liquid Glucose
source:
NF
[8027-56-3].
Liquid Glucose is a product obtained by the incomplete hydrolysis of starch. It consists chiefly of dextrose, dextrins, maltose, and water.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tightly closed containers. No storage
requirements specified.
LabelingLabel it to indicate the natural source of starch. Label it to indicate its nominal dextrose equivalent.
USP Reference standards 11USP Dextrose RS.
Iopamidol
source:
USP
P
S
Glyceryl Monooleate
source:
NF
Oleic acid, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl ester, ().
(RS)-1-Glyceryl oleate 356.54 [25496-72-4].
U
9
0
0
2
Granisetron Hydrochloride
source:
C17H22I3N3O8 777.09
1,3-Benzenedicarboxamide, N,N-bis[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-5-[(2-hydroxy-1-oxopropyl)amino]-2,4,6-triiodo-, (S)-.
(S)-N,N-Bis[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethyl]-2,4,6-triiodo-5lactamidoisophthalamide [60166-93-0].
Iopamidol contains not less than 98.0 percent and not more
than 101.0 percent of iopamidol, calculated on the dried basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in well-closed, light-resistant containers.
Store at 25, excursions permitted between 15 and 30.
USP Reference standards 11USP Iopamidol RS. USP Iopamidol Related
Compound A RS. USP Iopamidol Related Compound C RS.
Isopropyl Alcohol
source:
USP
C3H8O 60.10
2-Propanol.
Isopropyl alcohol [67-63-0].
USP
Lecithin
source:
NF
[8002-43-5].
C18H24N4OHCl 348.87
1H-Indazole-3-carboxamide, 1-methyl-N-(9-methyl-9azabicyclo[3.3.1]non-3-yl)-, monohydrochloride, endo-.
1-Methyl-N-(9-methyl-endo-9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]non-3-yl)-1H-indazole-3carboxamide monohydrochloride [107007-99-8].
Lecithin is a complex mixture of acetone-insoluble phosphatides, which consist chiefly of phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl serine, and phosphatidyl inositol, combined with various amounts of other substances such
as triglycerides, fatty acids, and carbohydrates, as separated
from the crude vegetable oil source. It contains not less than
50.0 percent of acetone-insoluble matter.
Lisinopril
USP
USP
Piperazine Adipate
source:
P
S
USP
USP
0
0
2
Pantoprazole Sodium
source:
USP
Piperazine Adipate contains not less than 98.0 percent and not
more than 101.0 percent of C4H10N2C6H10O4, calculated on the
anhydrous basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in well-closed containers, and store at
room temperature.
LabelingLabel it to indicate that it is for veterinary use only.
USP Reference standards 11USP Piperazine Adipate RS.
Piperazine Dihydrochloride
source:
C16H14F2N3NaO4S1.5H2O 432.37
1H-Benzimidazole, 5-(difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-, sodium salt, hydrate (2:3).
5-(Difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]benzimidazole, sodium salt, sesquihydrate [164579-32-2].
USP
U
9
C4H10N2C6H10O4 232.3
Piperazine, compound with 1,4-butanediacarboxylic acid (1:1).
Piperazine, compound with hexanedioic acid (1:1) [142-88-1].
Piperazine Dihydrochloride contains not less than 98.5 percent and not more than 100.5 percent of C4H10N22HCl, calculated on the anhydrous basis.
Packaging and storagePreserve in well-closed containers, and store at
room temperature.
LabelingLabel it to indicate that it is for veterinary use only.
USP Reference standards 11USP Piperazine Dihydrochloride RS.
pH 791: between 3.0 and 3.4, in a solution (1 in 20).
Piperazine
Piperazine Phosphate
source:
USP
source:
C4H10N2H3PO4H2O 202.15
Piperazine phosphate (1:1), monohydrate.
Piperazine phosphate (1:1), monohydrate [18534-18-4].
Anhydrous 184.13 [14538-56-8].
Polyvinyl Alcohol
source:
USP
P
S
USP
U
9
source:
(C2H4O)n
Ethenol, homopolymer.
Vinyl alcohol polymer [9002-89-5].
USP
C21H27Na2O8P 484.39
Pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, 11,17-dihydroxy-21-(phosphono oxy)-,
disodium salt, (11)-.
11,17,21-Trihydroxypregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione 21-(disodium
phosphate) [125-02-0].
0
0
2
source:
USP
Propylene
Bacterial endotoxins 85It contains not more than 0.03 USP Endotoxin
Unit per mg of sodium bromide.
Sterility 71: meets the requirements.
source:
NF
Dodecanoic acid, monoester with 1,2-propanediol.
Lauric acid, monoester with propane-1,2-diol.
USP
source:
USP
P
S
U
9
Tamsulosin Hydrochloride
source:
0
0
2
USP
C20H28N2O5SHCl 444.97
Benzenesulfonamide, 5-[2-[[2-(2-ethoxyphenoxy)ethyl]amino]propyl]2-methoxy-, monohydrochloride, (R)-.
(-)-(R)-5-[2-[[2-(o-Ethoxyphenoxy)ethyl]amino]propyl]-2-methoxybenzenesulfonamide monohydrochloride. [106463-17-6].
Excipients
Cresol
Dehydroacetic Acid
Erythorbic Acid
Ethylparaben
Methylparaben
Methylparaben Sodium
Phenol
Phenoxyethanol
Phenylethyl Alcohol
Phenylmercuric Acetate
Phenylmercuric Nitrate
Potassium Benzoate
Potassium Sorbate
Propylparaben
Propylparaben Sodium
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Dehydroacetate
Sodium Propionate
Sorbic Acid
Thimerosal
Thymol
P
S
U
9
Antioxidant
Ascorbic Acid
Ascorbyl Palmitate
Butylated Hydroxyanisole
Butylated Hydroxytoluene
Stannous Chloride
Erythorbic Acid
Hypophosphorous Acid
Monothioglycerol
Potassium Metabisulfite
Propyl Gallate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Formaldehyde Sulfoxylate
Sodium Metabisulfite
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfate
Sulfur Dioxide
Tocopherol
Tocopherols Excipient
0
0
2
Buffering Agent
Acetic Acid
Adipic Acid
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Phosphate
Boric Acid
Citric Acid, Anhydrous
Citric Acid Monohydrate
Lactic Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Potassium Citrate
Potassium Metaphosphate
Potassium Phosphate, Dibasic
Potassium Phosphate, Monobasic
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Citrate
Sodium Lactate Solution
Sodium Phosphate, Dibasic
Sodium Phosphate, Monobasic
Succinic Acid
Excipients
Emollient
Alkyl (C12-15) Benzoate
Hydrogenated Soybean Oil
Hydrogenated Polydecene
Oleyl Oleate
Chelating Agent
Edetate Calcium Disodium
Edetate Disodium
Edetic Acid
Coating Agent
Amino Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Carboxymethylcellulose, Sodium
Cellaburate
Cellacefate (formerly Cellulose Acetate Phthalate)
Cellulose Acetate
Cellulose Acetate Phthalate (see Cellacefate)
Coconut Oil
Copovidone
Corn Syrup Solids
Ethyl Acrylate and Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Ethylcellulose
Ethylcellulose Aqueous Dispersion
Gelatin
Glaze, Pharmaceutical
Hydroxypropyl Cellulose
Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose (see Hypromellose)
Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Phthalate (see Hypromellose
Phthalate)
Hypromellose (formerly Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose)
Hypromellose Acetate Succinate
Hypromellose Phthalate (formerly Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose
Phthalate)
Maltodextrin
Methacrylic Acid Copolymer
Methacrylic Acid Copolymer Dispersion
Methylcellulose
Palm Kernel Oil
Polyethylene Glycol
Polyvinyl Acetate Phthalate
Pullulan
Fully Hydrogenated Rapeseed Oil
Superglycerinated Fully Hydrogenated Rapeseed Oil
Shellac
Starch, Pregelatinized Modified
Sucrose
Titanium Dioxide
Wax, Carnauba
Wax, Microcrystalline
Zein
Color
Caramel
Ferric Oxide, red, yellow, or blends
Complexing Agent
Edetate Calcium Disodium
Edetate Disodium
Edetic Acid
Oxyquinoline Sulfate
Desiccant
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Sulfate
Silicon Dioxide
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Filtering Aid
Cellulose, Powdered
Siliceous Earth, Purified
Flavors and Perfumes
Almond Oil
Anethole
Benzaldehyde
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Vanillin
Excipients
Polymer Membrane
Amino Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Cellaburate
Cellulose Acetate
Ethyl Acrylate and Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Pullulan
Lactitol
Maltol
Menthol
Methyl Salicylate
Monosodium Glutamate
Peppermint
Peppermint Oil
Peppermint Spirit
Rose Oil
Rose Water, Stronger
Thymol
Vanillin
Glidant and/or Anticaking Agent
Calcium Silicate
Magnesium Silicate
Hydrophobic Colloidal Silica
Silicon Dioxide, Colloidal
Talc
Humectant
Corn Syrup Solids
Erythritol
Glycerin
Hexylene Glycol
Inositol
Maltitol
Polydextrose
Propylene Glycol
Sorbitol
Sorbitol Sorbitan Solution
Tagatose
Ointment Base
Caprylocaproyl Polyoxylglycerides
Diethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether
Hydrogenated Polydecene
Lanolin
Lauroyl Polyoxylglycerides
Linoleoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Ointment, Hydrophilic
Ointment, White
Ointment, Yellow
Oleoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Polyethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether
Petrolatum
Petrolatum, Hydrophilic
Petrolatum, White
Rose Water Ointment
Squalane
Stearoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Vegetable Oil, Hydrogenated, Type II
Plasticizer
Acetyltributyl Citrate
Acetyltriethyl Citrate
Castor Oil
Diacetylated Monoglycerides
Dibutyl Sebacate
Diethyl Phthalate
Glycerin
Polyethylene Glycol
Polyethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether
Propylene Glycol
Pullulan
Sorbitol Sorbitan Solution
Triacetin
Tributyl Citrate
Triethyl Citrate
Sequestering Agent
Beta Cyclodextrin (see Betadex)
Betadex (formerly Beta Cyclodextrin)
Hydroxypropyl Betadex
Gamma Cyclodextrin
Pullulan
Sodium Tartrate
Solvent
Acetone
Alcohol
Alcohol, Diluted
Amylene Hydrate
Benzyl Benzoate
Butyl Alcohol
Canola Oil
Caprylocaproyl Polyoxylglycerides
Corn Oil
Cottonseed Oil
Diethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether
Ethyl Acetate
Glycerin
Hexylene Glycol
Hydrogenated Polydecene
Isopropyl Alcohol
Lauroyl Polyoxylglycerides
Linoleoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Methyl Alcohol
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Mineral Oil
Oleoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Peanut Oil
Polyethylene Glycol
Polyethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether
Propylene Glycol
Sesame Oil
Stearoyl Polyoxylglycerides
Water for Injection
Water for Injection, Sterile
Water for Irrigation, Sterile
Water, Purified
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Sorbent
Cellulose, Powdered
Charcoal, Activated
Siliceous Earth, Purified
Sorbent, Carbon Dioxide
Barium Hydroxide Lime
Soda Lime
Stiffening Agent
Castor Oil, Hydrogenated
Cetostearyl Alcohol
Cetyl Alcohol
Cetyl Esters Wax
Cetyl Palmitate
Hard Fat
Paraffin
Excipients
Synthetic Paraffin
Fully Hydrogenated Rapeseed Oil
Superglycerinated Fully Hydrogenated Rapeseed Oil
Stearyl Alcohol
Wax, Emulsifying
Wax, White
Wax, Yellow
Aspartame Acesulfame
Corn Syrup
Corn Syrup Solids
High Fructose Corn Syrup
Dextrates
Dextrose
Dextrose Excipient
Erythritol
Fructose
Galactose
Maltitol
Maltose
Mannitol
Saccharin
Saccharin Calcium
Saccharin Sodium
Sorbitol
Sorbitol Solution
Sucralose
Sucrose
Sugar, Compressible
Sugar, Confectioners
Syrup
Tagatose
Suppository Base
Cocoa Butter
Hard Fat
Polyethylene Glycol
Suspending and/or Viscosity-Increasing Agent
Acacia
Agar
Alamic Acid
Alginic Acid
Aluminum Monostearate
Attapulgite, Activated
Attapulgite, Colloidal Activated
Bentonite
Bentonite, Purified
Bentonite Magma
Carbomer 910
Carbomer 934
Carbomer 934P
Carbomer 940
Carbomer 941
Carbomer 1342
Carbomer Copolymer
Carbomer Homopolymer
Carbomer Interpolymer
Carboxymethylcellulose Calcium
Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium
Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium 12
Carrageenan
Cellulose, Microcrystalline, and Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium
Corn Syrup
Corn Syrup Solids
Dextrin
Gelatin
Gellan Gum
Guar Gum
Hydroxyethyl Cellulose
Hydroxypropyl Cellulose
Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose (see Hypromellose)
Hypromellose (formerly Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose)
Magnesium Aluminum Silicate
Maltodextrin
Methylcellulose
Pectin
Polyethylene Oxide
Polyvinyl Alcohol
Povidone
Propylene Glycol Alginate
Pullulan
Hydrophobic Colloidal Silica
Silicon Dioxide
Silicon Dioxide, Colloidal
Sodium Alginate
Starch, Corn
Starch, Potato
Starch, Tapioca
Starch, Wheat
Tragacanth
Xanthan Gum
Sweetening Agent
Acesulfame Potassium
Aspartame
P
S
Tablet Binder
Acacia
Alginic Acid
Amino Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer
Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Carbomer Copolymer
Carbomer Homopolymer
Carbomer Interpolymer
Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium
Cellulose, Microcrystalline
Copovidone
Corn Syrup
Corn Syrup Solids
Dextrin
Ethyl Acrylate and Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer Dispersion
Ethylcellulose
Gelatin
Glucose, Liquid
Guar Gum
Low-Substituted Hydroxypropyl Cellulose
Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose (see Hypromellose)
Hypromellose (formerly Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose)
Hypromellose Acetate Succinate
Maltodextrin
Maltose
Methylcellulose
Polyethylene Oxide
Povidone
Pullulan
Starch, Corn
Starch, Potato
Starch, Pregelatinized
Starch, Pregelatinized Modified
Starch, Tapioca
Starch, Wheat
Syrup
U
9
0
0
2
Excipients
Aromatic Elixir
Benzaldehyde Elixir, Compound
Corn Syrup Solids
Dextrose
Peppermint Water
Sorbitol Solution
Syrup
P
S
oleaginous
U
9
0
0
2
solid carrier
sterile
rAlbumin Human
Sodium Chloride Injection, Bacteriostatic
Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic
Viscosity-Increasing (See Suspending Agent)
Water Repelling Agent
Cyclomethicone
Dimethicone
Simethicone
Wetting and/or Solubilizing Agent
Benzalkonium Chloride
Benzethonium Chloride
Cetylpyridinium Chloride
Docusate Sodium
Nonoxynol 9
Octoxynol 9
Poloxamer
Polyoxyl 10 Oleyl Ether
Polyoxyl 20 Cetostearyl Ether
Polyoxyl 35 Castor Oil
Excipients
Sorbitan Monolaurate
Sorbitan Monooleate
Sorbitan Monopalmitate
Sorbitan Monostearate
Sorbitan Sesquioleate
Sorbitan Trioleate
Tyloxapol
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 7
Pharmacy-Related General Chapters
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
Section Contents
61 Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial
Enumeration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/43
62 Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products:
Tests for Specified Microorganisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/47
381 Elastomeric Closures for Injections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/51
621 Chromatography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/55
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
61 Microbiological Examination
61 Microbiological Examination
of Nonsterile Products: Microbial
Enumeration Tests
Introduction
The tests described hereafter will allow quantitative enumeration of
mesophilic bacteria and fungi that may grow under aerobic conditions.
The tests are designed primarily to determine whether a substance
or preparation complies with an established specification for microbiological quality. When used for such purposes, follow the instructions
given below, including the number of samples to be taken, and interpret the results as stated below.
The methods are not applicable to products containing viable microorganisms as active ingredients.
Alternative microbiological procedures, including automated
methods, may be used, provided that their equivalence to the Pharmacopeial method has been demonstrated.
General Procedures
Carry out the determination under conditions designed to avoid extrinsic microbial contamination of the product to be examined. The
precautions taken to avoid contamination must be such that they do
not affect any microorganisms that are to be revealed in the test.
If the product to be examined has antimicrobial activity, this is, insofar as possible, removed or neutralized. If inactivators are used for
this purpose, their efficacy and their absence of toxicity for microorganisms must be demonstrated.
If surface-active substances are used for sample preparation, their
absence of toxicity for microorganisms and their compatibility with any
inactivators used must be demonstrated.
Enumeration Methods
Use the Membrane Filtration method or one of the Plate-Count Methods, as directed. The Most-Probable-Number (MPN) Method is generally the least accurate method for microbial counts; however, for certain product groups with very low bioburden, it may be the most
appropriate method.
The choice of a method is based on factors such as the nature of
the product and the required limit of microorganisms. The method
chosen must allow testing of a sufficient sample size to judge compliance with the specification. The suitability of the chosen method must
be established.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Growth Promotion
Microorganism
Preparation of
Test Strain
Total Aerobic
Microbial Count
Staphylococcus aureus
such as ATCC 6538,
NCIMB 9518, CIP 4.83,
or NBRC 13276
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar or
SoybeanCasein
Digest Broth 3035
1824 hours
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar and Soy-
beanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar/MPN SoybeanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
such as ATCC 9027,
NCIMB 8626, CIP 82.118,
or NBRC 13275
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar or
SoybeanCasein
Digest Broth 3035
1824 hours
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar and Soy-
beanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar/MPN SoybeanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar or
SoybeanCasein
Digest Broth 3035
1824 hours
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar and Soy-
beanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar/MPN SoybeanCasein Digest
Broth 100 cfu
3035 3 days
Sabouraud Dextrose
Agar or Sabouraud
Dextrose Broth
2025 23 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar 100 cfu
3035 5 days
Sabouraud Dextrose
Agar 100 cfu 2025
5 days
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar 100 cfu
3035 5 days MPN:
not applicable
Sabouraud Dextrose
Agar 100 cfu 2025
5 days
Sabouraud Dextrose
SoybeanCasein
Sabouraud Dextrose
Agar or Potato
Digest Agar 100 cfu Agar 100 cfu 2025
Dextrose Agar 2025
3035 5 days
5 days
57 days, or until good
sporulation is achieved
SoybeanCasein
Digest Agar 100 cfu
3035 5 days MPN:
not applicable
Sabouraud Dextrose
Agar 100 cfu 2025
5 days
Total Aerobic
Microbial Count
61 Microbiological Examination
Use Buffered Sodium ChloridePeptone Solution pH 7.0 or Phosphate Buffer Solution pH 7.2 to make test suspensions; to suspend A.
niger spores, 0.05% of polysorbate 80 may be added to the buffer. Use
the suspensions within 2 hours, or within 24 hours if stored between 2
and 8. As an alternative to preparing and then diluting a fresh suspension of vegetative cells of A. niger or B. subtilis, a stable spore sus
pension is prepared and then an appropriate volume of the spore
suspension is used for test inoculation. The stable spore suspension
may be maintained at 2 to 8 for a validated period of time.
Negative Control
To verify testing conditions, a negative control is performed using the
chosen diluent in place of the test preparation. There must be no
growth of microorganisms.
The method for sample preparation depends on the physical characteristics of the product to be tested. If none of the procedures described below can be demonstrated to be satisfactory, a suitable alternative procedure must be developed.
Water-Soluble ProductsDissolve or dilute (usually a 1 in 10 dilution is
prepared) the product to be examined in Buffered Sodium Chloride
Peptone Solution pH 7.0, Phosphate Buffer Solution pH 7.2, or SoybeanCasein Digest Broth. If necessary, adjust to a pH of 6 to 8. Further
dilutions, where necessary, are prepared with the same diluent.
Nonfatty Products Insoluble in WaterSuspend the product to be examined (usually a 1 in 10 dilution is prepared) in Buffered Sodium
ChloridePeptone Solution pH 7.0, Phosphate Buffer Solution pH 7.2,
or SoybeanCasein Digest Broth. A surface-active agent such as 1 g per
L of polysorbate 80 may be added to assist the suspension of poorly
wettable substances. If necessary, adjust to a pH of 6 to 8. Further dilutions, where necessary, are prepared with the same diluent.
Fatty ProductsDissolve in isopropyl myristate sterilized by filtration,
or mix the product to be examined with the minimum necessary quantity of sterile polysorbate 80 or another noninhibitory sterile surface-
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
active reagent heated, if necessary, to not more than 40 or, in exceptional cases, to not more than 45. Mix carefully and if necessary
maintain the temperature in a water bath. Add a sufficient quantity of
the prewarmed chosen diluent to make a 1 in 10 dilution of the original
product. Mix carefully, while maintaining the temperature for the
shortest time necessary for the formation of an emulsion. Further serial
10-fold dilutions may be prepared using the chosen diluent containing
a suitable concentration of sterile polysorbate 80 or another noninhibitory sterile surface-active reagent.
Fluids or Solids in Aerosol FormAseptically transfer the product into
a membrane filter apparatus or a sterile container for further sampling.
Use either the total contents or a defined number of metered doses
from each of the containers tested.
Transdermal PatchesRemove the protective cover sheets (release
liners) of the transdermal patches and place them, adhesive side upwards, on sterile glass or plastic trays. Cover the adhesive surface with
a suitable sterile porous material (e.g., sterile gauze) to prevent the
patches from sticking together, and transfer the patches to a suitable
volume of the chosen diluent containing inactivators such as polysorbate 80 and/or lecithin. Shake the preparation vigorously for at least 30
minutes.
61 Microbiological Examination
Glutaraldehyde, mercurials
Sodium hydrogen sulfite
(Sodium bisulfite)
Phenolics, alcohol, aldehydes,
Dilution
sorbate
Aldehydes
Glycine
Quaternary ammonium compounds
Lecithin
(QACs), parahydroxybenzoates
(parabens), bis-biguanides
QACs, iodine, parabens
Polysorbate
Mercurials
Thioglycollate
Mercurials, halogens, aldehydes
Thiosulfate
EDTA (edetate)
Mg or Ca ions
If no suitable neutralizing method can be found, it can be assumed that the failure to isolate the inoculated organism is attributable
to the microbicidal activity of the product. This information serves to
indicate that the article is not likely to be contaminated with the given
species of the microorganism. However, it is possible that the product
inhibits only some of the microorganisms specified herein, but does
not inhibit others not included among the test strains or those for
which the latter are not representative. Then, perform the test with the
highest dilution factor compatible with microbial growth and the specific acceptance criterion.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
are used, the volume of the agar is increased accordingly. Dry the
plates, for example, in a laminar-airflow cabinet or in an incubator. For
each of the microorganisms listed in Table 1, at least two Petri dishes
are used. Spread a measured volume of not less than 0.1 mL of the
sample, prepared as directed under Preparation of the Sample, Inoculation and Dilution, and Neutralization/Removal of Antimicrobial Activity over the surface of the medium. Incubate and count as directed for
Pour-Plate Method.
Most-Probable-Number (MPN) MethodThe precision and accuracy
of the MPN Method is less than that of the Membrane Filtration method or the Plate-Count Method. Unreliable results are obtained particularly for the enumeration of molds. For these reasons, the MPN Method
is reserved for the enumeration of TAMC in situations where no other
method is available. If the use of the method is justified, proceed as
follows.
Prepare a series of at least three serial 10-fold dilutions of the
product as described for Preparation of the Sample, Inoculation and
Dilution, and Neutralization/Removal of Antimicrobial Activity. From
each level of dilution, three aliquots of 1 g or 1 mL are used to inoculate three tubes with 9 to 10 mL of SoybeanCasein Digest Broth. If
necessary a surface-active agent such as polysorbate 80, or an inactivator of antimicrobial agents may be added to the medium. Thus, if three
levels of dilution are prepared, nine tubes are inoculated.
Incubate all tubes at 30 to 35 for not more than 3 days. If reading
of the results is difficult or uncertain owing to the nature of the product to be examined, subculture in the same broth or in Soybean
Casein Digest Agar for 1 to 2 days at the same temperature, and use
these results. From Table 3, determine the most probable number of
microorganisms per g or mL of the product to be examined.
0.1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
MPN per g or
per mL of
Product
95%
Confidence
Limits
Number of g or mL
of Product per Tube
0.01
0.001
0
0
1
1
2
3
0
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
2
<3
3
3
6.1
6.2
9.4
3.6
7.2
11
7.4
11
11
15
16
9.2
14
20
15
20
27
21
28
35
29
36
23
38
64
09.4
0.19.5
0.110
1.217
1.217
3.535
0.217
1.217
435
1.320
435
435
538
538
1.535
435
538
438
538
994
540
994
994
994
994
594
9104
16181
(continued)
61 Microbiological Examination
95%
Confidence
Limits
Number of g or mL
of Product per Tube
0.1
MPN per g or
per mL of
Product
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.01
0.001
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
43
75
120
160
93
150
210
290
240
460
1100
>1100
9181
17199
30360
30380
18360
30380
30400
90990
40990
901980
2004000
Testing of Products
Plate-Count Methods
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Unless otherwise directed, use 10 g or 10 mL of the product to be examined taken with the precautions referred to above. For fluids or solids in aerosol form, sample 10 containers. For transdermal patches,
sample 10 patches.
The amount to be tested may be reduced for active substances
that will be formulated in the following conditions: the amount per
dosage unit (e.g., tablet, capsule, injection) is less than or equal to
1 mg, or the amount per g or mL (for preparations not presented in
dose units) is less than 1 mg. In these cases, the amount of sample to
be tested is not less than the amount present in 10 dosage units or 10 g
or 10 mL of the product.
For materials used as active substances where the sample quantity
is limited or batch size is extremely small (i.e., less than 1000 mL or 1000
g), the amount tested shall be 1% of the batch unless a lesser amount
is prescribed or justified and authorized.
For products where the total number of entities in a batch is less
than 200 (e.g., samples used in clinical trials), the sample size may be
reduced to two units, or one unit if the size is less than 100.
Select the sample(s) at random from the bulk material or from the
available containers of the preparation. To obtain the required quantity,
mix the contents of a sufficient number of containers to provide the
sample.
Membrane Filtration
Most-Probable-Number Method
Prepare and dilute the sample using a method that has been shown to
be suitable as decribed in Growth Promotion Test and Suitability of the
Counting Method. Incubate all tubes for 3 to 5 days at 30 to 35. Subculture if necessary, using the procedure shown to be suitable. Record
for each level of dilution the number of tubes showing microbial
growth. Determine the most probable number of microorganisms per
g or mL of the product to be examined from Table 3.
62 Microbiological Examination
Aerobic Microorganisms
62 Microbiological Examination
of Nonsterile Products: Tests for
Specified Microorganisms
Introduction
The tests described hereafter will allow determination of the absence
of, or limited occurrence of, specified microorganisms that may be detected under the conditions described.
The tests are designed primarily to determine whether a substance
or preparation complies with an established specification for microbiological quality. When used for such purposes, follow the instructions
given below, including the number of samples to be taken, and interpret the results as stated below.
Alternative microbiological procedures, including automated
methods, may be used, provided that their equivalence to the Pharmacopeial method has been demonstrated.
General Procedures
Staphylococcus aureus
such as ATCC 6538, NCIMB 9518,
CIP 4.83, or NBRC 13276
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
such as ATCC 9027, NCIMB 8626,
CIP 82.118, or NBRC 13275
Escherichia coli
such as ATCC 8739, NCIMB 8545,
CIP 53.126, or NBRC 3972
Salmonella enterica ssp. enterica
such as ATCC 14028
serotype typhimurium or,
as an alternative,
Salmonella enterica ssp. enterica
such as NBRC 100797, NCTC 6017,
serotype abony or CIP 80.39
Candida albicans
such as ATCC 10231, NCPF 3179, IP
48.72, or NBRC 1594
P
S
U
9
Use Buffered Sodium ChloridePeptone Solution pH 7.0 or Phosphate Buffer Solution pH 7.2 to make test suspensions. Use the suspensions within 2 hours or within 24 hours if stored at 2 to 8.
0
0
2
The preparation of samples is carried out as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests
61.
If the product to be examined has antimicrobial activity, this is insofar as possible removed or neutralized as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests
61.
If surface-active substances are used for sample preparation, their
absence of toxicity for microorganisms and their compatibility with any
inactivators used must be demonstrated as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests
61.
Grow each of the bacterial test strains separately in containers containing SoybeanCasein Digest Broth or on SoybeanCasein Digest Agar at
30 to 35 for 18 to 24 hours. Grow the test strain for Candida albicans
separately on Sabouraud Dextrose Agar or in Sabouraud Dextrose
Broth at 20 to 25 for 2 to 3 days.
Clostridia
Negative Control
To verify testing conditions, a negative control is performed using the
chosen diluent in place of the test preparation. There must be no
growth of microorganisms.
62 Microbiological Examination
Property
Test Strains
U
9
0
0
2
Test for Growth-Promoting Properties, Liquid MediaInoculate a portion of the appropriate medium with a small number (not more than
100 cfu) of the appropriate microorganism. Incubate at the specified
temperature for not more than the shortest period of time specified in
the test. Clearly visible growth of the microorganism comparable to
that previously obtained with a previously tested and approved batch
of medium occurs.
Test for Growth-Promoting Properties, Solid MediaPerform SurfaceSpread Method (see Plate-Count Methods under Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61),
inoculating each plate with a small number (not more than 100 cfu) of
the appropriate microorganism. Incubate at the specified temperature
for not more than the shortest period of time specified in the test.
Growth of the microorganism comparable to that previously obtained
with a previously tested and approved batch of medium occurs.
Test for Inhibitory Properties, Liquid or Solid MediaInoculate the
appropriate medium with at least 100 cfu of the appropriate microorganism. Incubate at the specified temperature for not less than the
longest period of time specified in the test. No growth of the test microorganism occurs.
Test for Indicative PropertiesPerform Surface-Spread Method (see
Plate-Count Methods under Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile
Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61), inoculating each plate with
a small number (not more than 100 cfu) of the appropriate microorganism. Incubate at the specified temperature for a period of time within
the range specified in the test. Colonies are comparable in appearance
and indication reactions to those previously obtained with a previously
tested and approved batch of medium.
P
S
Testing of Products
Bile-Tolerant Gram-Negative Bacteria
Sample Preparation and Pre-IncubationPrepare a sample using a 1 in
10 dilution of not less than 1 g of the product to be examined as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61, but using SoybeanCasein Digest Broth as
the chosen diluent, mix, and incubate at 20 to 25 for a time sufficient
to resuscitate the bacteria but not sufficient to encourage multiplication of the organisms (usually 2 hours but not more than 5 hours).
Section 7, Pharmacy-Related General Chapters S3/48
62 Microbiological Examination
Test for AbsenceUnless otherwise prescribed, use the volume corresponding to 1 g of the product, as prepared in Sample Preparation
and Pre-Incubation, to inoculate Enterobacteria Enrichment Broth Mossel. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 24 to 48 hours. Subculture on plates of
Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 24 hours.
The product complies with the test if there is no growth of
colonies.
Quantitative Test
Selection and SubcultureInoculate suitable quantities of Enterobacteria Enrichment Broth Mossel with the preparation as directed under Sample Preparation and Pre-Incubation and/or dilutions of it containing respectively 0.1 g, 0.01 g, and 0.001 g (or 0.1 mL, 0.01 mL, and
0.001 mL) of the product to be examined. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 24
to 48 hours. Subculture each of the cultures on a plate of Violet Red
Bile Glucose Agar. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 24 hours.
InterpretationGrowth of colonies constitutes a positive result.
Note the smallest quantity of the product that gives a positive result
and the largest quantity that gives a negative result. Determine from
Table 2 the probable number of bacteria.
0.1 g or
0.1 mL
+
+
+
0.01 g or
0.01 mL
0.001 g or
0.001 mL
+
+
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Sample Preparation and Pre-IncubationPrepare a sample using a 1 in
10 dilution of not less than 1 g of the product to be examined as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61, and use 10 mL or the quantity corresponding to 1 g or 1 mL to inoculate a suitable amount (determined as
described under Suitability of the Test Method) of SoybeanCasein
Digest Broth, and mix. When testing transdermal patches, filter the
volume of sample corresponding to one patch of the preparation (see
Transdermal Patches under Preparation of the Sample in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests
61) through a sterile filter membrane, and place in 100 mL of SoybeanCasein Digest Broth. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 24 hours.
Selection and SubcultureSubculture on a plate of Cetrimide Agar,
and incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 72 hours.
InterpretationGrowth of colonies indicates the possible presence of
P. aeruginosa. This is confirmed by identification tests.
The product complies with the test if colonies are not present or if
the confirmatory identification tests are negative.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Staphylococcus aureus
Escherichia coli
Salmonella
Sample Preparation and Pre-IncubationPrepare the product to be
examined as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile
Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61, and use the quantity corresponding to not less than 10 g or 10 mL to inoculate a suitable amount
(determined as described under Suitability of the Test Method) of SoybeanCasein Digest Broth, mix, and incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 24
hours.
Selection and SubcultureTransfer 0.1 mL of SoybeanCasein Digest
Broth to 10 mL of Rappaport Vassiliadis Salmonella Enrichment Broth,
and incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 24 hours. Subculture on plates of
Xylose Lysine Deoxycholate Agar. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 18 to 48
hours.
Official text. Reprinted from USP 32NF 27.
Clostridia
Sample Preparation and Heat TreatmentPrepare the product to be
examined as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile
Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61. Take two equal portions
corresponding to not less than 1 g or 1 mL of the product to be examined. Heat one portion at 80 for 10 minutes, and cool rapidly. Do not
heat the other portion.
Selection and SubcultureTransfer 10 mL of each of the mixed portions to two containers (38 mm 200 mm) or other containers containSection 7, Pharmacy-Related General Chapters S3/49
62 Microbiological Examination
ing 100 mL of Reinforced Medium for Clostridia. Incubate under anaerobic conditions at 30 to 35 for 48 hours. After incubation, make
subcultures from each tube on Columbia Agar, and incubate under
anaerobic conditions at 30 to 35 for 48 hours.
InterpretationThe occurrence of anaerobic growth of rods (with or
without endospores) giving a negative catalase reaction indicates the
presence of Clostridia.
If no anaerobic growth of microorganisms is detected on Columbia Agar or the catalase test is positive, the product complies with the
test.
Candida albicans
Sample Preparation and Pre-IncubationPrepare the product to be
examined as described in Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile
Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests 61, and use 10 mL or the quantity corresponding to not less than 1 g or 1 mL, to inoculate 100 mL of
Sabouraud Dextrose Broth, and mix. Incubate at 30 to 35 for 3 to 5
days.
Selection and SubcultureSubculture on a plate of Sabouraud Dextrose Agar, and incubate at 30 to 35 for 24 to 48 hours.
InterpretationGrowth of white colonies may indicate the presence
of C. albicans. This is confirmed by identification tests.
The product complies with the test if such colonies are not present or if the confirmatory identification tests are negative.
Recommended Solutions
and Culture Media
3.6 g
7.2 g (equivalent to
0.067 M phosphate)
4.3 g
1.0 g
1000 mL
17.0 g
3.0 g
5.0 g
2.5 g
2.5 g
1000 mL
15.0 g
5.0 g
5.0 g
15.0 g
1000 mL
Dextrose
Mixture of Peptic Digest of Animal Tissue and Pancreatic
Digest of Casein (1:1)
Agar
Purified Water
40.0 g
10.0 g
15.0 g
1000 mL
P
S
U
9
200 g
20.0 g
15.0 g
1000 mL
0
0
2
Dextrose
Mixture of Peptic Digest of Animal Tissue
and Pancreatic Digest of Casein (1:1)
Purified Water
20.0 g
10.0 g
1000 mL
10.0 g
5.0 g
20.0 g
2.0 g
8.0 g
15 mg
1000 mL
Adjust the pH so that after heating it is 7.2 0.2 at 25. Heat at 100 for
30 minutes, and cool immediately.
Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar
Yeast Extract
Pancreatic Digest of Gelatin
Bile Salts
Sodium Chloride
Glucose Monohydrate
Agar
Neutral Red
Crystal Violet
Purified Water
3.0 g
7.0 g
1.5 g
5.0 g
10.0 g
15.0 g
30 mg
2 mg
1000 mL
Adjust the pH so that after heating it is 7.4 0.2 at 25. Heat to boiling;
do not heat in an autoclave.
MacConkey Broth
20.0 g
10.0 g
5.0 g
10 mg
1000 mL
17.0 g
3.0 g
10.0 g
5.0 g
1.5 g
13.5 g
30.0 mg
1 mg
1000 mL
Adjust the pH so that after sterilization it is 7.1 0.2 at 25. Boil for 1
minute with constant shaking, then sterilize in an autoclave using a
validated cycle.
Rappaport Vassiliadis Salmonella Enrichment Broth
Soya Peptone
Magnesium Chloride Hexahydrate
Sodium Chloride
Dipotassium Phosphate
Potassium Dihydrogen Phosphate
Malachite Green
Purified Water
4.5 g
29.0 g
8.0 g
0.4 g
0.6 g
0.036 g
1000 mL
Xylose
l-Lysine
Lactose Monohydrate
Sucrose
Sodium Chloride
Yeast Extract
Phenol Red
Agar
Sodium Deoxycholate
Sodium Thiosulfate
Ferric Ammonium Citrate
Purified Water
3.5 g
5.0 g
7.5 g
7.5 g
5.0 g
3.0 g
80 mg
13.5 g
2.5 g
6.8 g
0.8 g
1000 mL
Adjust the pH so that after heating it is 7.4 0.2 at 25. Heat to boiling,
cool to 50, and pour into Petri dishes. Do not heat in an autoclave.
Cetrimide Agar
20.0 g
1.4 g
10.0 g
0.3 g
13.6 g
1000 mL
10.0 mL
Heat to boiling for 1 minute with shaking. Adjust the pH so that after
sterilization it is 7.2 0.2 at 25. Sterilize in an autoclave using a validated cycle.
5.0 g
5.0 g
1.0 g
10.0 g
75.0 g
15.0 g
0.025 g
1000 mL
Heat to boiling for 1 minute with shaking. Adjust the pH so that after
sterilization it is 7.4 0.2 at 25. Sterilize in an autoclave using a validated cycle.
Reinforced Medium for Clostridia
Beef Extract
Peptone
Yeast Extract
Soluble Starch
Glucose Monohydrate
Cysteine Hydrochloride
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Acetate
Agar
Purified Water
P
S
U
9
10.0 g
10.0 g
3.0 g
1.0 g
5.0 g
0.5 g
5.0 g
3.0 g
0.5 g
1000 mL
0
0
2
Columbia Agar
10.0 g
5.0 g
3.0 g
5.0 g
1.0 g
5.0 g
10.015.0 g
1000 mL
This chapter applies to closures formulated with natural or synthetic elastomeric substances. This chapter does not apply to closures
made from silicone elastomer; however, it does apply to closures
treated with silicone (e.g., Dimethicone, NF). When performing the
tests in this chapter, it is not required that closures be treated with silicone, although there is no restriction prohibiting the use of siliconized
closures.
This chapter also applies to closures coated with other lubricious
materials (e.g., materials chemically or mechanically bonded to the
closure) that are not intended to, and in fact do not provide, a barrier
to the base elastomer. When performing the tests, closures with lubricious non-barrier coatings are to be tested in their coated state.
The following comments relate solely to closures laminated or
coated with materials intended to provide, or in fact function as, a barrier to the base elastomer (e.g., PTFE or lacquer coatings). It is not permissible to use a barrier material in an attempt to change a closure that
does not meet compendial requirements to one that does conform.
Therefore, all Physicochemical Tests apply to the base formula of such
closures, as well as to the coated or laminated closure. To obtain Physicochemical Tests results, the tests are to be performed on uncoated or
non-laminated closures of the same elastomeric compound, as well as
to the laminated or coated closure. The Functionality Tests apply to
and are to be performed using the laminated or coated elastomeric
closure. Biological Tests apply to the lamination or coating material, as
well as to the base formula. Biological Tests may be performed on the
laminated or coated closure, or they may be performed on the laminate/coating material and the uncoated or non-laminated closures of
the same elastomeric compound. In the latter case, the results are to
be reported separately. The base formula used for physicochemical or
biological tests intended to support the compendial compliance of a
barrier-coated closure should be similar to the corresponding coated
closure in configuration and size.
For all Elastomeric Closures for Injection 381 tests performed on
any closure type, it is important to document the closure being tested,
including a full description of the elastomer, and any lubrication, coating, laminations, or treatments applied.
This chapter states test limits for Type I and Type II elastomeric
closures. Type I closures are those used for aqueous preparations.
Type II closures are typically intended for nonaqueous preparations
and are those which, having properties optimized for special uses, may
not meet all requirements listed for Type I closures because of physical
configuration, material of construction, or both. If a closure fails to
meet one or more of the Type I test requirements, but still meets the
Type II requirements for the test(s), the closure is assigned a final classification of Type II.
This chapter is intended as an initial screen to identify elastomeric
closures that might be appropriate for use with injectable preparations
on the basis of their biological compatibility, their aqueous extract
physicochemical properties, and their functionality. All elastomeric
closures suitable for use with injectable preparations comply with either Type I or Type II test limits. However, this specification is not intended to serve as the sole evaluation criteria for the selection of such
closures.
The following closure evaluation requirements are beyond the
scope of this chapter:
The establishment of closure identification tests and specifications
The verification of closureproduct physicochemical compatibility
The identification and safety determination of closure leachables
found in the packaged product
The verification of packaged product closure functionality under
actual storage and use conditions
The manufacturer of the injectable product (the end user) must
obtain from the closure supplier an assurance that the composition of
the closure does not vary and that it is the same as that of the closure
used during compatibility testing. When the supplier informs the end
user of changes in the composition, compatibility testing must be repeated, totally or partly, depending on the nature of the changes. Closures must be properly stored, cleaned for removal of environmental
contaminants and endotoxins, and sterilized prior to use in packaging
injectable products.
Characteristics
Elastomeric closures are translucent or opaque and have no characteristic color, the latter depending on the additives used. They are homogeneous and practically free from flash and adventitious materials
(e.g., fibers, foreign particles, and waste rubber.)
Identification
Closures are made of a wide variety of elastomeric materials and optional polymeric coatings. For this reason, it is beyond the scope of this
chapter to specify identification tests that encompass all possible closure presentations. However, it is the responsibility of the closure supplier and the injectable product manufacturer (the end user) to verify
the closure elastomeric formulation and any coating or laminate materials used according to suitable identification tests. Examples of some
of the analytical test methodologies that may be used include specific
gravity, percentage of ash analysis, sulfur content determination, FTIRATR test, thin-layer chromatography of an extract, UV absorption spectrophotometry of an extract, or IR absorption spectrophotometry of a
pyrolysate.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Test Procedures
Table 1
Closure Types
(As Supplied or Used)
Physicochemical Tests
Test Requirements
Functionality Tests
Biological Tests
P
S
U
9
Preparation of Blank
0
0
2
Biological Tests
Two stages of testing are indicated. The first stage is the performance
of an in vitro test procedure as described in general test chapter Biological Reactivity Tests, In Vitro 87. Materials that do not meet the requirements of the in vitro test are subjected to the second stage of
testing, which is the performance of the in vivo tests, Systemic Injection Test and Intracutaneous Test, according to the procedures set
forth in the general test chapter Biological Reactivity Tests, In Vivo 88.
Materials that meet the requirements of the in vitro test are not required to undergo in vivo testing.
Type I and Type II closures must both conform to the requirements of either the in vitro or the in vivo biological reactivity tests.
[noteAlso see the general information chapter The Biocompatibility
of Material Used in Drug Containers, Medical Devices, and Implants
1031.]
Physicochemical Tests
Preparation of Solution S
Place whole, uncut closures corresponding to a surface area of 100 10
cm2 into a suitable glass container. Cover the closures with 200 mL of
Purified Water or Water for Injection. If it is not possible to achieve the
prescribed closure surface area (100 10 cm2) using uncut closures,
select the number of closures that will most closely approximate 100
cm2, and adjust the volume of water used to the equivalent of 2 mL per
each 1 cm2 of actual closure surface area used. Boil for 5 minutes, and
rinse five times with cold Purified Water or Water for Injection
Place the washed closures into a Type I glass wide-necked flask
(see ContainersGlass 660), add the same quantity of Purified Water
or Water for Injection initially added to the closures, and weigh. Cover
the mouth of the flask with a Type I glass beaker. Heat in an autoclave
Official text. Reprinted from USP 32NF 27.
Table 2
Reference Suspension A
Reference Suspension B
Reference Suspension C
Reference Suspension D
5.0 mL
95.0 mL
3 NTU
10.0 mL
90.0 mL
6 NTU
30.0 mL
70.0 mL
18 NTU
50.0 mL
50.0 mL
30 NTU
Standard of Opalescence
Water
Nephelometric turbidity units
Table 3
Comparison Method
Opalescence Requirements
Type I closures
Type II closures
Procedure A (Visual)
Procedure B (Instrumental)
P
S
Absorbance
U
9
Procedure [notePerform this test within 5 hours of preparing Solution S.] Filter Solution S through a 0.45-m pore size filter, discarding
the first few mL of filtrate. Measure the absorbance of the filtrate at
wavelengths between 220 and 360 nm in a 1-cm cell using the blank in
a matched cell in the reference beam. If dilution of the filtrate is required before measurement of the absorbance, correct the test results
for the dilution.
RequirementThe absorbances at these wavelengths do not exceed 0.2 for Type I closures or 4.0 for Type II closures.
0
0
2
Acidity or Alkalinity
Reducing Substances
Procedure[notePerform this test within 4 hours of preparing Solution S.] To 20.0 mL of Solution S add 1 mL of diluted sulfuric acid and
20.0 mL of 0.002 M potassium permanganate. Boil for 3 minutes. Cool,
add 1 g of potassium iodide, and titrate immediately with 0.01 M sodium thiosulfate, using 0.25 mL of starch solution TS as the indicator.
Perform a titration using 20.0 mL of blank and note the difference in
volume of 0.01 M sodium thiosulfate required.
RequirementThe difference between the titration volumes is not
greater than 3.0 mL for Type I closures and not greater than 7.0 mL for
Type II closures.
Heavy Metals
ProcedureProceed as directed for Method 1 under Heavy Metals
231. Prepare the Test Preparation using 10.0 mL of Solution S.
RequirementSolution S contains not more than 2 ppm of heavy
metals as lead.
Extractable Zinc
Test SolutionPrepare a Test Solution by diluting 10.0 mL of Solution S
to 100 mL with 0.1N hydrochloric acid. Prepare a test blank similarly,
using the Blank for Solution S.
Zinc Standard SolutionPrepare a solution (10 ppm Zn) by dissolving zinc sulfate in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid.
Reference SolutionsPrepare not fewer than 3 Reference Solutions by diluting the Zinc Standard Solution with 0.1 N hydrochloric
Section 7, Pharmacy-Related General Chapters S3/54
621 Chromatography
Ammonium
Alkaline Potassium Tetraiodomercurate SolutionPrepare a 100 mL
solution containing 11 g of potassium iodide and 15 g of mercuric iodide in water. Immediately before use, mix 1 volume of this solution
with an equal volume of a 250 g per L solution of sodium hydroxide.
Test SolutionDilute 5 mL of Solution S to 14 mL with water. Make
alkaline if necessary by adding 1 N sodium hydroxide, and dilute with
water to 15 mL. Add 0.3 mL of Alkaline Potassium Tetraiodomercurate
Solution, and close the container.
Ammonium Standard SolutionPrepare a solution of ammonium
chloride in water (1 ppm NH4). Mix 10 mL of the 1 ppm ammonium
chloride solution with 5 mL water and 0.3 mL of Alkaline Potassium
Tetraiodomercurate Solution. Close the container.
RequirementAfter 5 minutes, any yellow color in the Test Solution is no darker than the Ammonium Standard Solution (no more
than 2 ppm of NH4 in Solution S).
Volatile Sulfides
Functionality Tests
treated as described for preparation of Solution S and
air dried should be used for Functionality Tests of Penetrability, Fragmentation, and Self-Sealing Capacity. Functionality Tests are performed
on closures intended to be pierced by a hypodermic needle. The SelfSealing Capacity test is required only for closures intended for multiple-dose containers. The needle specified for each test is a lubricated
long bevel (bevel angle 12 2) hypodermic needle1.
noteSamples
Refer to ISO 7864, Sterile hypodermic needles for single use with an external
diameter of 0.8 mm (21 Gauge).
Fragmentation
Closures for Liquid PreparationsFill 12 clean vials with water to 4 mL
less than the nominal capacity. Fit the closures to be examined, secure
with a cap, and allow to stand for 16 hours.
Closures for Dry PreparationsFit closures to be examined into 12
clean vials, and secure each with a cap.
ProcedureUsing a hypodermic needle as described above fitted
to a clean syringe, inject into each vial 1 mL of water while removing
1 mL of air. Repeat this procedure 4 times for each closure, piercing
each time at a different site. Use a new needle for each closure, checking that it is not blunted during the test. Filter the total volume of liquid
in all the vials through a single filter with a nominal pore size no greater than 0.5 mm. Count the rubber fragments on the surface of the filter
visible to the naked eye.
RequirementThere are no more than 5 fragments visible. This
limit is based on the assumption that fragments with a diameter
>50 mm are visible to the naked eye. In case of doubt or dispute, the
particles are examined microscopically to verify their nature and size.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Penetrability
Self-Sealing Capacity
ProcedureFill 10 suitable vials with water to the nominal volume. Fit
the closures that are to be examined, and cap. Using a new hypodermic needle as described above for each closure, pierce each closure 10
times, piercing each time at a different site. Immerse the 10 vials in a
solution of 0.1% (1 g per L) methylene blue, and reduce the external
pressure by 27 kPa for 10 minutes. Restore to atmospheric pressure,
and leave the vials immersed for 30 minutes. Rinse the outside of the
vials.
RequirementNone of the vials contain any trace of blue solution.
621 Chromatography
Introduction
This chapter defines the terms and procedures used in chromatography and provides general information. Specific requirements for chromatographic procedures for drug substances and dosage forms, including adsorbent and developing solvents, are given in the individual
monographs.
Chromatography is defined as a procedure by which solutes are
separated by a dynamic differential migration process in a system consisting of two or more phases, one of which moves continuously in a
given direction and in which the individual substances exhibit different mobilities by reason of differences in adsorption, partition, solubility, vapor pressure, molecular size, or ionic charge density. The individual substances thus separated can be identified or determined by
analytical procedures.
The general chromatographic technique requires that a solute
undergo distribution between two phases, one of them fixed (stationary phase), the other moving (mobile phase). It is the mobile phase
Section 7, Pharmacy-Related General Chapters S3/55
621 Chromatography
that transfers the solute through the medium until it eventually emerges separated from other solutes that are eluted earlier or later. Generally, the solute is transported through the separation medium by
means of a flowing stream of a liquid or a gaseous solvent known as
the eluant. The stationary phase may act through adsorption, as in
the case of adsorbents such as activated alumina and silica gel, or it
may act by dissolving the solute, thus partitioning the latter between
the stationary and mobile phases. In the latter process, a liquid coated
onto an inert support, or chemically bonded onto silica gel, or directly
onto the wall of a fused silica capillary, serves as the stationary phase.
Partitioning is the predominant mechanism of separation in gasliquid
chromatography, paper chromatography, in forms of column chromatography, and in thin-layer chromatography designated as liquid-liquid
chromatography. In practice, separations frequently result from a combination of adsorption and partitioning effects. Other separation principles include ion exchange, ion-pair formation, size exclusion, hydrophobic interaction, and chiral recognition.
The types of chromatography useful in qualitative and quantitative
analysis that are employed in the USP procedures are column, gas, paper, thin-layer, (including high-performance thin-layer chromatography), and pressurized liquid chromatography (commonly called highpressure or high-performance liquid chromatography). Paper and
thin-layer chromatography are ordinarily more useful for purposes of
identification, because of their convenience and simplicity. Column
chromatography offers a wider choice of stationary phases and is useful for the separation of individual compounds, in quantity, from mixtures. Modern high-performance thin-layer chromatography, gas chromatography, and pressurized liquid chromatography require more
elaborate apparatus but usually provide high resolution and identify
and quantitate very small amounts of material.
Use of Reference Substances in Identity TestsIn paper and thin-layer
chromatography, the ratio of the distance (this distance being measured to the point of maximum intensity of the spot or zone) traveled
on the medium by a given compound to the distance traveled by the
front of the mobile phase, from the point of application of the test
substance, is designated as the RF value of the compound. The ratio
between the distances traveled by a given compound and a reference
substance is the RR value. RF values vary with the experimental conditions, and thus identification is best accomplished where an authentic
specimen of the compound in question is used as a reference substance on the same chromatogram.
For this purpose, chromatograms are prepared by applying on the
thin-layer adsorbent or on the paper in a straight line, parallel to the
edge of the chromatographic plate or paper, solutions of the substance
to be identified, the authentic specimen, and a mixture of nearly equal
amounts of the substance to be identified and the authentic specimen.
Each sample application contains approximately the same quantity by
weight of material to be chromatographed. If the substance to be identified and the authentic specimen are identical, all chromatograms
agree in color and RF value and the mixed chromatogram yields a single spot; i.e., RR is 1.0.
Location and Identification of ComponentsThe spots produced by
paper or thin-layer chromatography may be located by: (1) direct inspection if the compounds are visible under white or either shortwavelength (254 nm) or long-wavelength (360 nm) UV light, (2) inspection in white or UV light after treatment with reagents that will make
the spots visible (reagents are most conveniently applied with an atomizer), (3) use of a Geiger-Mller counter or autoradiographic techniques in the case of the presence of radioactive substances, or (4) evidence resulting from stimulation or inhibition of bacterial growth by
the placing of removed portions of the adsorbent and substance on
inoculated media.
In open-column chromatography, in pressurized liquid chromatography performed under conditions of constant flow rate, and in gas
chromatography, the retention time, t, defined as the time elapsed between sample injection and appearance of the peak concentration of
the eluted sample zone, may be used as a parameter of identification.
Solutions of the substance to be identified or derivatives thereof, of
the reference compound, and of a mixture of equal amounts of these
two are chromatographed successively on the same column under the
same chromatographic conditions. Only one peak should be observed
for the mixture. The ratio of the retention times of the test substance,
the reference compound, and a mixture of these, to the retention time
of an internal standard is called the relative retention time RR and is
also used frequently as a parameter of identification.
The deviations of RR, RF, or t values measured for the test substance from the values obtained for the reference compound and
mixture should not exceed the reliability estimates determined statistically from replicate assays of the reference compound.
Chromatographic identification by these methods under given
conditions strongly indicates identity but does not constitute definitive
identification. Coincidence of identity parameters under three to six
different sets of chromatographic conditions (temperatures, column
packings, adsorbents, eluants, developing solvents, various chemical
derivatives, etc.) increases the probability that the test and reference
substances are identical. However, many isomeric compounds cannot
be separated. Specific and pertinent chemical, spectroscopic, or physicochemical identification of the eluted component combined with
chromatographic identity is the most valid criterion of identification.
For this purpose, the individual components separated by chromatography may be collected for further identification.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Paper Chromatography
In paper chromatography the adsorbent is a sheet of paper of suitable
texture and thickness. Chromatographic separation may proceed
through the action of a single liquid phase in a process analogous to
adsorption chromatography in columns. Since the natural water content of the paper, or selective imbibition of a hydrophilic component
of the liquid phase by the paper fibers, may be regarded as a stationary
phase, a partitioning mechanism may contribute significantly to the
separation.
Alternatively, a two-phase system may be used. The paper is impregnated with one of the phases, which then remains stationary (usually the more polar phase in the case of unmodified paper). The chromatogram is developed by slow passage of the other, mobile phase
over the sheet. Development may be ascending, in which case the solvent is carried up the paper by capillary forces, or descending, in
which case the solvent flow is also assisted by gravitational force.
Differences in the value of RF have been reported where chromatograms developed in the direction of the paper grain (machine direction) are compared with others developed at right angles to the
grain; therefore, the orientation of paper grain with respect to solvent
flow should be maintained constant in a series of chromatograms. (The
machine direction is usually designated by the manufacturer on packages of chromatography paper.)
Descending Chromatography
In descending chromatography, the mobile phase flows downward on
the chromatographic sheet.
ApparatusThe essential equipment for descending chromatography
consists of the following:
621 Chromatography
Ascending Chromatography
In ascending chromatography, the lower edge of the sheet (or strip) is
dipped into the mobile phase to permit the mobile phase to rise on
the chromatographic sheet by capillary action.
ApparatusThe essential equipment for ascending chromatography
is substantially the same as that described under Descending
Chromatography.
ProcedureThe test materials are applied to the chromatographic
sheets as directed under Descending Chromatography, and above the
level to which the paper is dipped into the developing solvent. The
bottom of the developing chamber is covered with the developing
solvent system. If a two-phase system is used, both phases are added.
It is also desirable to line the walls of the chamber with paper and to
saturate this lining with the solvent system. Empty solvent troughs are
placed on the bottom of the chamber, and the chromatographic sheets
are suspended so that the end on which the spots have been added
hangs free inside the empty trough.
The chamber is sealed, and equilibration is allowed to proceed as
described under Descending Chromatography. Then the developing
solvent (mobile phase) is added through the inlet to the trough in excess of the solvent required for complete moistening of the chromatographic sheet. The chamber is resealed. When the solvent front has
reached the desired height, the chamber is opened and the sheet is
removed and dried.
Quantitative analyses of the spots may be conducted as described
under Descending Chromatography.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Thin-Layer Chromatography
In thin-layer chromatography, the adsorbent is a relatively thin, uniform layer of dry, finely powdered material applied to a glass, plastic,
or metal sheet or plate, glass plates being most commonly employed.
The coated plate can be considered an open chromatographic column and the separations achieved may be based upon adsorption,
partition, or a combination of both effects, depending on the particular type of stationary phase, its preparation, and its use with different
solvents. Thin-layer chromatography on ion-exchange layers can be
used for the fractionation of polar compounds. Presumptive identification can be effected by observation of spots or zones of identical RF
value and about equal magnitude obtained, respectively, with an unknown and a reference sample chromatographed on the same plate. A
visual comparison of the size or intensity of the spots or zones may
serve for semiquantitative estimation. Quantitative measurements are
possible by means of densitometry (absorbance or fluorescence measurements), or the spots may be carefully removed from the plate, followed by elution with a suitable solvent and spectrophotometric measurement. For two-dimensional thin-layer chromatography, the
chromatographed plate is turned at a right angle and again chromatographed, usually in another chamber equilibrated with a different solvent system.
ApparatusAcceptable apparatus and materials for thin-layer chromatography consist of the following.
A TLC or HPTLC plate. The chromatography is generally carried out
using precoated plates or sheets (on glass, aluminum, or polyester support) of suitable size. It may be necessary to clean the plates prior to
separation. This can be done by migration of, or immersion in, an appropriate solvent. The plates may also be impregnated by procedures
such as development, immersion, or spraying. At the time of use, the
plates may be activated, if necessary, by heating in an oven at 120 for
20 minutes. The stationary phase of TLC plates has an average particle
size of 1015 m, and that of HPTLC plates an average particle size of 5
m. Commercial plates with a preadsorbant zone can be used if they
621 Chromatography
are specified in a monograph. Sample applied to the preabsorbant region develops into sharp, narrow bands at the preabsorbant-sorbent
interface. Alternatively, flat glass plates of convenient size, typically 20
cm 20 cm can be coated as described under Preparation of Chromatographic Plates.
A suitable manual, semiautomatic, or automatic application device
can be used to ensure proper positioning of the plate and proper
transfer of the sample, with respect to volume and position, onto the
plate. Alternatively, a template can be used to guide in manually placing the test spots at definite intervals, to mark distances as needed,
and to aid in labeling the plates. For the proper application of the solutions, micropipets, microsyringes, or calibrated disposable capillaries
are recommended.
For ascending development, a chromatographic chamber made of
inert, transparent material and having the following specifications is
used: a flat bottom or twin trough, a tightly fitted lid, and a size suitable
for the plates. For horizontal development, the chamber is provided
with a reservoir for the mobile phase, and it also contains a device for
directing the mobile phase to the stationary phase.
Devices for transfer of reagents onto the plate by spraying, immersion, or exposure to vapor and devices to facilitate any necessary heating for visualization of the separated spots or zones.
A UV light source suitable for observations under short (254 nm)
and long (365 nm) wavelength UV light.
A suitable device for documentation of the visualized chromatographic result.
ProcedureApply the prescribed volume of the test solution and the
standard solution in sufficiently small portions to obtain circular spots
of 2 to 5 mm in diameter (1 to 2 mm on HPTLC plates) or bands of 10 to
20 mm by 1 to 2 mm (5 to 10 mm by 0.5 to 1 mm on HPTLC plates) at an
appropriate distance from the lower edgeduring chromatography
the application position must be at least 3 mm (HPTLC) or 5 mm (TLC)
above the level of the developing solventand from the sides of the
plate. Apply the solutions on a line parallel to the lower edge of the
plate with an interval of at least 10 mm (5 mm on HPTLC plates) between the centers of spots or 4 mm (2 mm on HPTLC plates) between
the edges of bands, and allow to dry.
Ascending DevelopmentLine at least one wall of the chromatographic chamber with filter paper. Pour into the chromatographic
chamber a quantity of the mobile phase sufficient for the size of the
chamber to give, after impregnation of the filter paper, a level of depth
appropriate to the dimension of the plate used. For saturation of the
chromatographic chamber, close the lid, and allow the system to
equilibrate. Unless otherwise indicated, the chromatographic separation is performed in a saturated chamber.
Place the plate in the chamber, ensuring that the plate is as vertical
as possible and that the spots or bands are above the surface of the
mobile phase, and close the chamber. The stationary phase faces the
inside of the chamber. Remove the plate when the mobile phase has
moved over the prescribed distance. Dry the plate, and visualize the
chromatograms as prescribed. For two-dimensional chromatography,
dry the plates after the first development, and carry out a second development in a direction perpendicular to that of the first development.
Horizontal DevelopmentIntroduce a sufficient quantity of the
developing solvent into the reservoir of the chamber using a syringe or
pipet. Place the plate horizontally in the chamber, connect the mobile
phase direction device according to the manufacturers instructions,
and close the chamber. If prescribed, develop the plate starting simultaneously at both ends. Remove the plate when the mobile phase has
moved over the distance prescribed in the monograph. Dry the plate,
and visualize the chromatograms as prescribed.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
621 Chromatography
A spreader, which, when moved over the glass plate, will apply a
uniform layer of adsorbent of desired thickness over the entire surface
of the plate.
Procedure[noteIn this procedure, use Purified Water that is
obtained by distillation.] Clean the glass plates scrupulously, using an
appropriate cleaning solution (see Cleaning Glass Apparatus 1051),
rinsing them with copious quantities of water until the water runs off
the plates without leaving any visible water or oily spots, then dry. It is
important that the plates be completely free from lint and dust when
the adsorbent is applied.
Arrange the plate or plates on the aligning tray, place a 5- 20-cm
plate adjacent to the front edge of the first square plate and another
5- 20-cm plate adjacent to the rear edge of the last square, and secure
all of the plates so that they will not slip during the application of the
adsorbent. Position the spreader on the end plate opposite the raised
end of the aligning tray. Mix 1 part of adsorbent with 2 parts of water
(or in the ratio suggested by the supplier) by shaking vigorously for 30
seconds in a glass-stoppered conical flask, and transfer the slurry to
the spreader. Usually 30 g of adsorbent and 60 mL of water are sufficient for five 20- 20-cm plates. Complete the application of adsorbents using plaster of Paris binder within 2 minutes of the addition of
the water, because thereafter the mixture begins to harden. Draw the
spreader smoothly over the plates toward the raised end of the aligning tray, and remove the spreader when it is on the end plate next to
the raised end of the aligning tray. (Wash away all traces of adsorbent
from the spreader immediately after use.) Allow the plates to remain
undisturbed for 5 minutes, then transfer the square plates, layer side
up, to the storage rack, and dry at 105 for 30 minutes. Preferably place
the rack at an angle in the drying oven to prevent the condensation of
moisture on the back sides of plates in the rack. When the plates are
dry, allow them to cool to room temperature, and inspect the uniformity of the distribution and the texture of the adsorbent layer; transmitted light will show uniformity of distribution, and reflected light will
show uniformity of texture. Store the satisfactory plates over silica gel
in a suitable chamber.
Column Chromatography
U
9
0
0
2
ApparatusThe apparatus required for column chromatographic procedures is simple, consisting only of the chromatographic tube itself
and a tamping rod, which may be needed to pack a pledget of glass
wool or cotton, if needed, in the base of the tube and compress the
adsorbent or slurry uniformly within the tube. In some cases a porous
glass disk is sealed at the base of the tube in order to support the contents. The tube is cylindrical and is made of glass, unless another material is specified in the individual monograph. A smaller-diameter delivery tube is fused or otherwise attached by a leakproof joint to the
lower end of the main tube. Column dimensions are variable; the dimensions of those commonly used in pharmaceutical analysis range
from 10 to 30 mm in uniform inside diameter and 150 to 400 mm in
length, exclusive of the delivery tube. The delivery tube, usually 3 to 6
mm in inside diameter, may include a stopcock for accurate control of
the flow rate of solvents through the column. The tamping rod, a cylindrical ram firmly attached to a shaft, may be constructed of plastic,
glass, stainless steel, or aluminum, unless another material is specified
in the individual monograph. The shaft of the rod is substantially
smaller in diameter than the column and is not less than 5 cm longer
than the effective length of the column. The ram has a diameter about
1 mm smaller than the inside diameter of the column.
P
S
621 Chromatography
Gas Chromatography
The distinguishing features of gas chromatography are a gaseous mobile phase and a solid or immobilized liquid stationary phase. Liquid
stationary phases are available in packed or capillary columns. In the
packed columns, the liquid phase is deposited on a finely divided, inert solid support, such as diatomaceous earth, porous polymer, or
graphitized carbon, which is packed into a column that is typically 2 to
4 mm in internal diameter and 1 to 3 m in length. In capillary columns,
which contain no packing, the liquid phase is deposited on the inner
surface of the column and may be chemically bonded to it. In gas-solid
chromatography, the solid phase is an active adsorbent, such as alumina, silica, or carbon, packed into a column. Polyaromatic porous resins,
which are sometimes used in packed columns, are not coated with a
liquid phase.
When a vaporized compound is introduced into the carrier gas
and carried into the column, it is partitioned between the gas and stationary phases by a dynamic countercurrent distribution process. The
compound is carried down the column by the carrier gas, retarded to a
greater or lesser extent by sorption and desorption on the stationary
phase. The elution of the compound is characterized by the partition
ratio, k, a dimensionless quantity also called the capacity factor (see
Glossary of Symbols for the definition of symbols). It is equivalent to
the ratio of the time required for the compound to flow through the
column (the retention time) to the elution time of an unretained compound. The value of the capacity factor depends on the chemical nature of the compound, the nature, amount, and surface area of the liquid phase, the column temperature, and the gas flow rate. Under a
specified set of experimental conditions, a characteristic capacity factor exists for every compound. Separation by gas chromatography occurs only if the compounds concerned have different capacity factors.
ApparatusA gas chromatograph consists of a carrier gas source, an
injection port, column, detector, and recording device. The injection
port, column, and detector are temperature-controlled. The typical
carrier gas is helium, nitrogen, or hydrogen, depending on the column
and detector in use. The gas is supplied from a high-pressure cylinder
or high-purity gas generator and passes through suitable pressurereducing valves and a flow meter to the injection port and column.
Compounds to be chromatographed, either in solution or as gases, are
injected into the gas stream at the injection port. Depending upon the
configuration of the apparatus, the test mixture may be injected directly into the column or be vaporized in the injection port and mixed
into the flowing carrier gas prior to entering the column.
Once in the column, compounds in the test mixture are separated
by virtue of differences in their capacity factors, which in turn depend
upon vapor pressure and degree of interaction with the stationary
phase. The capacity factor, which governs resolution, retention times,
and column efficiencies of components of the test mixture, is also
temperature-dependent. The use of temperature-programmable column ovens takes advantage of this dependence to achieve efficient
separation of compounds differing widely in vapor pressure.
As resolved compounds emerge separately from the column, they
pass through a differential detector, which responds to the amount of
each compound present. The type of detector to be used depends
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
621 Chromatography
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
621 Chromatography
for 4 hours, then reduce the heating to a temperature of 250, and condition with helium flowing until stable.
Most drugs are reactive polar molecules. Successful chromatography may require conversion of the drug to a less polar and more volatile derivative by treatment of reactive groups with appropriate reagents. Silylating agents are widely used for this purpose and are
readily available.
Assays require quantitative comparison of one chromatogram with
another. A major source of error is irreproducibility in the amount of
sample injected, notably when manual injections are made with a syringe. The effects of variability can be minimized by addition of an internal standard, a noninterfering compound present at the same concentration in test and standard solutions. The ratio of peak response of
the analyte to that of the internal standard is compared from one chromatogram to another. Where the internal standard is chemically similar
to the substance being determined, there is also compensation for
minor variations in column and detector characteristics. In some cases,
the internal standard may be carried through the sample preparation
procedure prior to gas chromatography to control other quantitative
aspects of the assay. Automatic injectors greatly improve the reproducibility of sample injections and reduce the need for internal standards.
Many monographs require that system suitability requirements be
met before samples are analyzed (see System Suitability and Interpretation of Chromatograms).
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
High-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), sometimes called highperformance liquid chromatography, is a separation technique based
on a solid stationary phase and a liquid mobile phase. Separations are
achieved by partition, adsorption, or ion-exchange processes, depending upon the type of stationary phase used. HPLC has distinct advantages over gas chromatography for the analysis of organic compounds.
Compounds to be analyzed are dissolved in a suitable solvent, and
most separations take place at room temperature. Thus, most drugs,
being nonvolatile or thermally unstable compounds, can be chromatographed without decomposition or the necessity of making volatile
derivatives. Most pharmaceutical analyses are based on partition chromatography and are completed within 30 minutes.
As in gas chromatography, the elution time of a compound can be
described by the capacity factor, k (see Glossary of Symbols), which
depends on the chemical nature of the analyte, the composition and
flow rate of the mobile phase, and the composition and surface area of
the stationary phase. Column length is an important determinant of
resolution. Only compounds having different capacity factors can be
separated by HPLC.
ApparatusA liquid chromatograph consists of a reservoir containing the mobile phase, a pump to force the mobile phase through the
system at high pressure, an injector to introduce the sample into the
mobile phase, a chromatographic column, a detector, and a data collection device such as a computer, integrator, or recorder. Short, smallbore columns containing densely packed particles of stationary phase
provide for the rapid exchange of compounds between the mobile
and stationary phases. In addition to receiving and reporting detector
output, computers are used to control chromatographic settings and
operations, thus providing for long periods of unattended operation.
Pumping SystemsHPLC pumping systems deliver metered
amounts of mobile phase from the solvent reservoirs to the column
through high-pressure tubing and fittings. Modern systems consist of
one or more computer-controlled metering pumps that can be programmed to vary the ratio of mobile phase components, as is required
for gradient chromatography, or to mix isocratic mobile phases (i.e.,
mobile phases having a fixed ratio of solvents). However, the propor-
621 Chromatography
Water-soluble ionic or ionizable compounds are attracted to the resins, and differences in affinity bring about the chromatographic separation. The pH of the mobile phase, temperature, ion type, ionic concentration, and organic modifiers affect the equilibrium, and these
variables can be adjusted to obtain the desired degree of separation.
In size-exclusion chromatography, columns are packed with a porous stationary phase. Molecules of the compounds being chromatographed are filtered according to size. Those too large to enter the
pores pass unretained through the column. Smaller molecules enter
the pores and are increasingly retained as molecular size decreases.
These columns are typically used to measure aggregation and degradation of large molecules (see Size-Exclusion Chromatography section).
DetectorsMany compendial HPLC methods require the use of
spectrophotometric detectors. Such a detector consists of a flowthrough cell mounted at the end of the column. A beam of UV radiation passes through the flow cell and into the detector. As compounds
elute from the column, they pass through the cell and absorb the radiation, resulting in measurable energy level changes.
Fixed, variable, and multi-wavelength detectors are widely available. Fixed wavelength detectors operate at a single wavelength, typically 254 nm, emitted by a low-pressure mercury lamp. Variable wavelength detectors contain a continuous source, such as a deuterium or
high-pressure xenon lamp, and a monochromator or an interference
filter to generate monochromatic radiation at a wavelength selected by
the operator. The wavelength accuracy of a variable-wavelength detector equipped with a monochromator should be checked by the procedure recommended by its manufacturer; if the observed wavelengths
differ by more than 3 nm from the correct values, recalibration of the
instrument is indicated. Modern variable wavelength detectors can be
programmed to change wavelength while an analysis is in progress.
Multi-wavelength detectors measure absorbance at two or more wavelengths simultaneously. In diode array multi-wavelength detectors,
continuous radiation is passed through the sample cell, then resolved
into its constituent wavelengths, which are individually detected by the
photodiode array. These detectors acquire absorbance data over the
entire UV-visible range, thus providing the analyst with chromatograms
at multiple, selectable wavelengths and spectra of the eluting peaks.
Diode array detectors usually have lower signal-to-noise ratios than
fixed or variable wavelength detectors, and thus are less suitable for
analysis of compounds present at low concentrations.
Differential refractometer detectors measure the difference between the refractive index of the mobile phase alone and that of the
mobile phase containing chromatographed compounds as it emerges
from the column. Refractive index detectors are used to detect non-UV
absorbing compounds, but they are less sensitive than UV detectors.
They are sensitive to small changes in solvent composition, flow rate,
and temperature, so that a reference column may be required to obtain a satisfactory baseline.
Fluorometric detectors are sensitive to compounds that are inherently fluorescent or that can be converted to fluorescent derivatives
either by chemical transformation of the compound or by coupling
with fluorescent reagents at specific functional groups. If derivatization is required, it can be done prior to chromatographic separation or,
alternatively, the reagent can be introduced into the mobile phase just
prior to its entering the detector.
Potentiometric, voltametric, or polarographic electrochemical detectors are useful for the quantitation of species that can be oxidized
or reduced at a working electrode. These detectors are selective, sensitive, and reliable, but require conducting mobile phases free of dissolved oxygen and reducible metal ions. A pulseless pump must be
used, and care must be taken to ensure that the pH, ionic strength, and
temperature of the mobile phase remain constant. Working electrodes
are prone to contamination by reaction products with consequent
variable responses.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
621 Chromatography
Size-Exclusion Chromatography
Size-exclusion chromatography is a high-pressure liquid chromatographic technique that separates molecules in solution according to
their size. Methods for size-exclusion chromatography are divided into
gel permeation chromatographic methods, which utilize nonpolar organic mobile phases and hydrophilic packings, and gel filtration chromatographic methods, which utilize aqueous mobile phases and hydrophobic packings. The sample is introduced into a column, which is
filled with a gel or a porous particle packing material and is carried by
the mobile phase through the column. The size separation takes place
by repeated exchange of the solute molecules between the solvent of
the mobile phase and the same solvent in the stationary liquid phase
within the pores of the packing material. The pore-size range of the
packing material determines the molecular-size range within which
separation can occur.
Molecules small enough to penetrate all the pore spaces elute at
the total permeation volume, VT. On the other hand, molecules apparently larger than the maximum pore size of the packing material migrate along the column only through the spaces between the particles
of the packing material without being retained and elute at the exclusion volume, VO (void volume). Separation according to molecular size
occurs between the exclusion volume and the total permeation volume, useful separation usually occurring in the first two-thirds of this
range.
ApparatusThe components of the chromatograph are described under High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography.
ColumnIf necessary, the column is temperature-controlled. It is
packed with a separation material that is capable of fractionation in the
appropriate range of molecular sizes and through which the eluant is
passed at a constant rate. One end of the column is usually fitted with
a suitable device for applying the sample, such as a flow adaptor, a syringe through a septum or an injection valve, and it may also be connected to a suitable pump for controlling the flow of the eluant. Alternatively, the sample may be applied directly to the drained bed surface,
or, where the sample is denser than the eluant, it may be layered beneath the eluant. The packing material may be a soft support such as a
swollen gel or a rigid support composed of a material such as glass,
silica, or a solvent-compatible, cross-linked organic polymer. Rigid supports usually require pressurized systems giving faster separations.
The mobile phase is chosen according to sample type, separation medium, and method of detection.
DetectorThe outlet of the column is usually connected to a suitable detector fitted with an automatic recorder that enables the monitoring of the relative concentrations of separated components of the
sample. Detectors are usually based on photometric, refractometric, or
luminescent properties (see Detectors under High-Pressure Liquid
Chromatography). An automatic fraction collector may be attached, if
necessary.
ProcedureBefore carrying out the separation, the packing material is
treated and the column is packed, as described in the individual
monograph or according to the manufacturers instructions. Where
necessary, procedures for verifying the suitability of the system are
described in the individual monograph. The column efficiency may be
evaluated from the number of theoretical plates, N (see the section
Interpretation of Chromatograms). The elution characteristics of a compound in a particular column may be described by the distribution coefficient, KD, which is calculated by the formula:
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Interpretation of Chromatograms
Figure 1 represents a typical chromatographic separation of two substances, 1 and 2, where t1 and t2 are the respective retention times; and
h, h/2, and Wh/2 are the height, the half-height, and the width at halfheight, respectively, for peak 1. W1 and W2 are the respective widths of
peaks 1 and 2 at the baseline. Air peaks are a feature of gas chromatograms and correspond to the solvent front in liquid chromatography.
The retention time of these unretained components is designated as
tM.
Chromatographic retention times are characteristic of the compounds they represent but are not unique. Coincidence of retention
times of a test and a reference substance can be used as a feature in
construction of an identity profile but is insufficient on its own to establish identity. Absolute retention times of a given compound vary
from one chromatogram to the next.
Because in most procedures there is no need to identify an unretained peak, comparisons are normally made in terms of relative retention times, Rr:
where t2 and t1 are the retention times, measured from the point of injection, of the test and the reference substances, respectively, determined under identical experimental conditions on the same column.
Other procedures may identify the peak position using the relative retention, r:
621 Chromatography
where Wh/2 is the peak width at half-height, obtained directly by electronic integrators. However, in the event of dispute, only equations
based on peak width at baseline are to be used.
Peak areas and peak heights are usually proportional to the quantity of compound eluting. These are commonly measured by electronic
integrators but may be determined by more classical approaches. Peak
areas are generally used but may be less accurate if peak interference
occurs. For manual measurements, the chart should be run faster than
usual, or a comparator should be used to measure the width at halfheight and the width at the base of the peak, to minimize error in
these measurements. For accurate quantitative work, the components
to be measured should be separated from any interfering components.
Peak tailing and fronting and the measurement of peaks on solvent
tails are to be avoided.
Chromatographic purity tests for drug raw materials are sometimes based on the determination of peaks due to impurities, expressed as a percentage of the area due to the drug peak. It is pref
erable, however, to compare impurity peaks with those in the
chromatogram of a standard at a similar concentration. The standard
Official text. Reprinted from USP 32NF 27.
P
S
System Suitability
System suitability tests are an integral part of gas and liquid chromatographic methods. They are used to verify that the resolution and reproducibility of the chromatographic system are adequate for the analysis
to be done. The tests are based on the concept that the equipment,
electronics, analytical operations, and samples to be analyzed constitute an integral system that can be evaluated as such.
The resolution, R, [noteAll terms and symbols are defined in the
Glossary of Symbols] is a function of column efficiency, N, and is specified to ensure that closely eluting compounds are resolved from each
other, to establish the general resolving power of the system, and to
ensure that internal standards are resolved from the drug. Column efficiency may be specified also as a system suitability requirement, especially if there is only one peak of interest in the chromatogram;
however, it is a less reliable means to ensure resolution than direct
measurement. Column efficiency is a measure of peak sharpness,
which is important for the detection of trace components.
Replicate injections of a standard preparation used in the assay or
other standard solution are compared to ascertain whether requirements for precision are met. Unless otherwise specified in the individual monograph, data from five replicate injections of the analyte are
used to calculate the relative standard deviation, SR, if the requirement
is 2.0% or less; data from six replicate injections are used if the relative
standard deviation requirement is more than 2.0%.
The tailing factor, T, a measure of peak symmetry, is unity for perfectly symmetrical peaks and its value increases as tailing becomes
more pronounced (see Figure 2). In some cases, values less than unity
may be observed. As peak asymmetry increases, integration, and
hence precision, becomes less reliable.
U
9
0
0
2
in which t2 and t1 are the retention times of the two components, and
W2 and W1 are the corresponding widths at the bases of the peaks obtained by extrapolating the relatively straight sides of the peaks to the
baseline.
Where electronic integrators are used, it may be convenient to
determine the resolution, R, by the equation:
may be the drug itself at a level corresponding to, for example, 0.5%
impurity, or in the case of toxic or signal impurities, a standard of the
impurity itself.
621 Chromatography
These tests are performed by collecting data from replicate injections of standard or other solutions as specified in the individual
monograph. The specification of definitive parameters in a monograph
does not preclude the use of other suitable operating conditions (see
Procedures under Tests and Assays in the General Notices). If adjustments of operating conditions to meet system suitability requirements
are necessary, each of the following is the maximum variation that can
be considered, unless otherwise directed in the monograph. Adjustments are permitted only when suitable standards (including Reference Standards) are available for all compounds used in the suitability
test and only when those standards are used to show that the adjustments have improved the quality of the chromatography in meeting
system suitability requirements. Adjustments to chromatographic systems performed in order to comply with system suitability requirements are not to be made to compensate for column failure or system
malfunction. The changes described below may require additional validation data. The user should verify the suitability of the method under
the new conditions by assessing the relevant analytical performance
characteristics potentially affected by the change. Multiple adjustments
can have a cumulative effect in the performance of the system and
should be considered carefully before implementation.
pH of Mobile Phase (HPLC)The pH of the aqueous buffer used in the
preparation of the mobile phase can be adjusted to within 0.2 units of
the value or range specified.
Concentration of Salts in Buffer (HPLC)The concentration of the salts
used in the preparation of the aqueous buffer used in the mobile
phase can be adjusted to within 10%, provided the permitted pH
variation (see above) is met.
Ratio of Components in Mobile Phase (HPLC)The following adjustment limits apply to minor components of the mobile phase (specified
at 50% or less). The amount(s) of these component(s) can be adjusted
by 30% relative. However, the change in any component cannot exceed 10% absolute (i.e., in relation to the total mobile phase). Adjustment can be made to one minor component in a ternary mixture. Examples of adjustments for binary and ternary mixtures are given
below.
Binary Mixtures
specified ratio of 50:50Thirty percent of 50 is 15% absolute, but
this exceeds the maximum permitted change of 10% absolute in either component. Therefore, the mobile phase ratio may be adjusted
only within the range of 40:60 to 60:40.
specified ratio of 2:98Thirty percent of 2 is 0.6% absolute. Therefore the maximum allowed adjustment is within the range of 1.4:98.6 to
2.6:97.4.
Ternary Mixtures
specified ratio of 60:35:5For the second component, 30% of 35 is
10.5% absolute, which exceeds the maximum permitted change of
10% absolute in any component. Therefore the second component
may be adjusted only within the range of 25% to 45% absolute. For the
third component, 30% of 5 is 1.5% absolute. In all cases, a sufficient
quantity of the first component is used to give a total of 100%. Therefore, mixture ranges of 50:45:5 to 70:25:5 or 58.5:35:6.5 to 61.5:35:3.5
would meet the requirement.
Wavelength of UV-Visible Detector (HPLC)Deviations from the wavelengths specified in the method are not permitted. The procedure
specified by the detector manufacturer, or another validated procedure, is to be used to verify that error in the detector wavelength is, at
most, 3 nm.
Column Length (GC, HPLC): can be adjusted by as much as 70%.
Column Inner Diameter (GC, HPLC): can be adjusted by as much as
25% for HPLC and 50% for GC.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Glossary of Symbols
To promote uniformity of interpretation, the following symbols and
definitions are employed where applicable in presenting formulas in
the individual monographs. Where a different symbol or definition is
used in an individual monograph, the monograph text takes precedence (see General Notices). [noteWhere the terms W and t both
appear in the same equation they must be expressed in the same
units.]
f
distance from the peak maximum to the leading edge of the
peak, the distance being measured at a point 5% of the peak
height from the baseline.
k
capacity factor,2
relative retention,2
tailing factor,3
tM
W
ri
rIS
RF
Rr
relative retention time,2
relative retardation
RS
RU
where Xi is an individual
measurement in a set of N
Chromatographic Reagents
A complete list of Packings (L), Phases (G), and Supports (S) used in
USPNF tests and assays is located under Chromatographic Reagents in
the Reagents, Indicators, and Solutions section. This list is intended to
be a convenient reference for the chromatographer to identify the pertinent chromatographic reagent specified in the individual monograph.
[noteParticle sizes given in the listing are those generally provided. Where other, usually finer, sizes are required, the individual
monograph specifies the desired particle size. Within any category of
packings or phases listed there may be a wide range of columns available. Where it is necessary to define more specifically the chromatographic conditions, the individual monograph so indicates.]
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Rrel
Wh/2
W0.05
1121 Nomenclature
Total Aerobic
Microbial Count
(cfu/g or cfu/mL)
Total Combined
Yeasts/Molds Count
(cfu/g or cfu/mL)
Substances for
pharmaceutical use
Total Aerobic
Microbial Count
(cfu/g or cfu/mL)
Total Combined
Yeasts/Molds Count
(cfu/g or cfu/mL)
103
102
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Specified Microorganism(s)
1121 Nomenclature
The USP (or NF) titles for monograph articles are legally recognized
under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as the designations
for use in labeling the articles to which they apply.
The value of designating each drug by one and only one nonproprietary1 name is important in terms of achieving simplicity and uni
formity in drug nomenclature. In support of the U.S. Adopted Names
program (see Mission and Preface in USPNF), of which the U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention is a cosponsor, the USP Council of Experts gives
consideration to the adoption of the U.S. Adopted Name, if any, as the
official title for any compound that attains compendial recognition.
A compilation of the U.S. Adopted Names (USAN) published from
the start of the USAN program in 1961, as well as other names for
drugs, both current and retrospective, is provided in the USP Dictionary of USAN and International Drug Names. This publication serves as
a book of names useful for identifying and distinguishing all kinds of
names for drugs, whether public, proprietary, chemical, or code-designated names.2
A nonproprietary name of a drug serves numerous and varied
purposes, its principal function being to identify the substance to
which it applies by means of a designation that may be used by the
professional and lay public free from the restrictions associated with
registered trademarks. Teaching in the health sciences requires a common designation, especially for a drug that is available from several
sources or is incorporated into a combination drug product; nonproThe term generic has been widely used in place of the more accurate and
descriptive term nonproprietary with reference to drug nomenclature.
2
USP Dictionary of USAN and International Drug Names is obtainable on order
from U.S. Pharmacopeia, Customer Service Department, 12601 Twinbrook Parkway, Rockville, MD 20852.
1
1121 Nomenclature
Examples:
Calcium Carbonate Oral Suspension
Cetylpyridinium Chloride Topical Solution
Dexamethasone Ophthalmic Suspension
Epinephrine Bitartrate Ophthalmic Solution
Isosorbide Dinitrate Sublingual Tablets
Miconazole Nitrate Topical Powder
Triple Sulfa Vaginal Cream
The term Vaginal Inserts, rather than Vaginal Tablets, Vaginal
Capsules, or Vaginal Suppositories is used in the title of this type of
vaginal preparation to avoid the potential for misuse of these products
if the term Tablets or Capsules or Suppositories were to appear in
the title.
Example:
Clotrimazole Vaginal Inserts
The term for route of administration is omitted for those dosage
forms for which the route of administration is understood. The general
form then becomes simply [DRUG] [DOSAGE FORM]. Thus, capsules,
tablets, and lozenges are administered via the oral route unless otherwise indicated by the title.
Examples:
Acetaminophen Capsules
Aminophylline Delayed-Release Tablets
Aspirin Extended-Release Tablets
Hexylresorcinol Lozenges
Meperidine Hydrochloride Tablets
Drugs that are injected may be administered via the intravenous,
intramuscular, subcutaneous, etc., route; the route being specified in
the labeling rather than in the name.
Examples:
Aurothioglucose Injectable Suspension
Epinephrine Injection
Fluorouracil Injection
Hydrocortisone Acetate Injectable Suspension
Phytonadione Injectable Emulsion
Creams, ointments, lotions, and pastes are applied topically, unless otherwise indicated by the name.
Examples:
Benzoyl Peroxide Lotion
Betamethasone Dipropionate Cream
Estradiol Vaginal Cream
Nystatin Ointment
Zinc Oxide Paste
The term Suppositories is used in the titles of preparations that
are intended for rectal administration.
Example:
Aspirin Suppositories
The term for is included in names, as appropriate, of preparations for which a solid drug substance must be dissolved or suspended
in a suitable liquid to obtain a dosage form, and the general form becomes [DRUG] for [ROUTE OF ADMINISTRATION] [DOSAGE FORM].
Examples:
Ampicillin for Oral Suspension
Epinephrine Bitartrate for Ophthalmic Solution
Nafcillin for Injection
Spectinomycin for Injectable Suspension
In some instances, the drug is supplied in one dosage form for the
preparation of the intended dosage form.
U
9
0
0
2
P
S
3
4
1121 Nomenclature
Examples:
Aspirin Effervescent Tablets for Oral Solution
Methadone Hydrochloride Tablets for Oral Suspension
Papain Tablets for Topical Solution
Systems are preparations of drugs in carrier devices that are applied topically or inserted into body cavities, from which drugs are released gradually over extended times, after which the carrier device is
removed. The general form for a system is [DRUG] [ROUTE] [SYSTEM].
Examples:
Nicotine Transdermal System
Progesterone Intrauterine Contraceptive System
Some drugs are available as concentrated solutions that are not
intended for direct administration to humans or animals, but are to be
diluted with suitable liquid vehicles to obtain the intended preparation. The general form for these preparations, which are not dosage
forms, is [DRUG] [CONCENTRATE].
Examples:
Isosorbide Concentrate (used to prepare Isosorbide Oral
Solution)
Glutaral Concentrate (used to prepare Glutaral Disinfectant
Solution)
For products intended for parenteral administration, the use of the
word Concentrate in the monograph title is restricted to one specific
monograph, Potassium Chloride for Injection Concentrate. The word
Concentrate should not appear in the monograph title for any other
parenteral product; rather, this issue is to be addressed in the product
labeling.
Some drugs are supplied as preparations that may be intermediates used for convenience in formulating finished dosage forms. The
general form for such preparations, which are not finished dosage
forms, is [DRUG] [PREPARATION].
Examples:
Vitamin E Preparation
Cranberry Liquid Preparation
This Policy is followed by USP in naming drug products and compounded preparations that are newly recognized in the USP. Revising
existing monographs to conform to this Policy is not intended, except
where the USP Council of Experts determines that, for reasons such as
safety, a nomenclature change is warranted.
P
S
U
9
Related Issues
LabelingThe labeling clearly states the specific salt form of the active
moiety that is present in the product/preparation, as this information
may be useful to practitioners and patients. The names and strengths
of both the active moiety and specific salt form (where applicable) are
provided in the labeling.
ExceptionsIn those rare cases in which the use of the specific salt
form of the active moiety in the title provides vital information from a
clinical perspective, an exception to this Policy may be considered. In
such cases, where the monograph title contains the specific salt form
of the active moiety, the strength of the product or preparation also is
expressed in terms of the specific salt form.
0
0
2
1121 Nomenclature
fication as well as the approval of the Expert Committee on Nomenclature. Any questions or concerns regarding this postponement schedule may be addressed to the USP staff liaison assigned to the Expert
Committee on Nomenclature.
18 monthsSchedule for title and labeling changes for a drug product.
One or few companies are involved. Example: Sterile [Drug] change to
[Drug] for Injection.
30 monthsSchedule for title and labeling changes for prescriptiononly and OTC products.
1. Extensive product line for a company. Examples: syrups and elixirs.
2. Several companies are involved. Examples: syrups and elixirs; lotions; sunscreens.
60 monthsSchedule for title and labeling changes for excipient mon
ographs. Ingredient names in numerous multisource products are
affected.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 8
Dietary Supplement Monographs
and General Chapters
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
his section provides abridged versions of monographs for dietary supplement ingredients and products. These monographs are followed by
selected dietary supplement general chapters related to the practice of
pharmacy.
In 1994, the U.S. Congress enacted the Dietary Supplement Health and
Education Act (DSHEA). Its importance to the profession of pharmacy has
been acknowledged by the National Association of Boards of Pharmacy
(NABP), which added a competency statement related to dietary supplements
to the updated North American Pharmacist Licensure Examination (NAPLEX)
blueprint. NABP has noted that the USP is the official compendia for dietary
supplement standards. Although USP standards are referenced in DSHEA and
by NABP, manufacturer conformance is optional.
Section Contents
Arginine Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arginine Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curcuminoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curcuminoids Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curcuminoids Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powdered Soy Isoflavones Extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soy Isoflavones Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soy Isoflavones Tablets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turmeric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powdered Turmeric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powdered Turmeric Extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/74
S3/75
S3/75
S3/75
Arginine
Arginine Capsules
Arginine Capsules contain not less than 90.0 percent and not
more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount of arginine or
arginine hydrochloride in an amount equivalent to C6H14N4O2.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers.
LabelingThe label states the form of arginine that is used and the equivalent amount of C6H14N4O2.
Arginine Tablets
Arginine Tablets contain not less than 90.0 percent and not
more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount of arginine or
arginine hydrochloride in an amount equivalent to C6H14N4O2.
Packaging and storagePreserve in tight, light-resistant containers.
LabelingThe label states the form of the arginine that is used and the
equivalent amount of C6H14N4O2.
Curcuminoids
Curcuminoids is a partially purified natural complex of diaryl
heptanoid derivatives isolated from turmeric, Curcuma longa L.
It contains not less than 95.0 percent of curcuminoids, calculated
on the dried basis, as the sum of curcumin, desmethoxy
curcumin, and bisdesmethoxycurcumin. It contains not less
than 70.0 percent and not more than 80.0 percent of curcumin,
not less than 15.0 percent and not more than 25.0 percent of
desmethoxycurcumin, and not less than 2.5 percent and not
more than 6.5 percent of bisdesmethoxycurcumin.
Curcuminoids Capsules
Curcuminoids Tablets
Curcuminoids Tablets are prepared from Curcuminoids and
contain not less than 90.0 percent and not more than 110.0 percent of the labeled amount of curcuminoids, calculated as the
sum of curcumin, desmethoxycurcumin, and bisdesmethoxy
curcumin.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Turmeric
Turmeric
Powdered Turmeric
Powdered Turmeric is Turmeric reduced to a fine or very fine
powder.
Packaging and storagePreserve in well-closed containers, protected from
light and moisture, and store at room temperature.
LabelingThe label states the Latin binominal and, following the official
name, the part of the plant contained in the article.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Section 13
Reference Tables of USPNF
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
Section Contents
Description and Relative Solubility of USP and NF Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/78
Solubilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3/78
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Solubility
The approximate solubilities of Pharmacopeial and National Formulary substances are indicated by the descriptive terms in the accompanying table. The term miscible as used in this Pharmacopeia
pertains to a substance that yields a homogeneous mixture when
mixed in any proportion with the designated solvent.
Very soluble
Freely soluble
Soluble
Sparingly soluble
Slightly soluble
Very slightly soluble
Practically insoluble, or Insoluble
Less than 1
From 1 to 10
From 10 to 30
From 30 to 100
From 100 to 1000
From 1000 to 10,000
10,000 and over
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Only where a special, quantitative solubility test is given in the individual monograph, and is designated by a test heading, is it a test for
purity.
Descriptive Term
on the source of Acacia. For example, specific rotation values, calculated on the anhydrous basis and determined on a 1.0% (w/v) solution,
usually are between 25 and 35 for Acacia senegal and between +35
and +60 for Acacia seyal. NF category: Emulsifying and/or solubilizing
agent; suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agent; tablet binder.
Acebutolol Hydrochloride: White or almost white, crystalline powder.
Soluble in alcohol and in water; very slightly soluble in acetone and in
methylene chloride; practically insoluble in ether. Melts at about 141
to 144.
Acesulfame Potassium: A white, crystalline powder or colorless crystals. Soluble in water; very slightly soluble in acetone and in alcohol.
NF category: Sweetening agent.
Acetaminophen: White, odorless, crystalline powder, having a slightly
bitter taste. Freely soluble in alcohol; soluble in boiling water and in
1 N sodium hydroxide.
Acetazolamide: White to faintly yellowish-white, crystalline, odorless
powder. Sparingly soluble in practically boiling water; slightly soluble
in alcohol; very slightly soluble in water.
Acetic Acid: Clear, colorless liquid, having a strong, characteristic
odor, and a sharply acid taste. Specific gravity is about 1.045. Miscible
with water, with alcohol, and with glycerin. NF category: Acidifying
agent; buffering agent.
Glacial Acetic Acid: Clear, colorless liquid, having a pungent, characteristic odor and, when well diluted with water, an acid taste. Boils
at about 118. Specific gravity is about 1.05. Miscible with water, with
alcohol, and with glycerin. NF category: Acidifying agent.
Acetohexamide: White, crystalline, practically odorless powder.
Soluble in pyridine and in dilute solutions of alkali hydroxides; slightly
soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; practically insoluble in water and
in ether.
Acetohydroxamic Acid: White, slightly hygroscopic, crystalline powder. Melts, after drying at about 80 for 2 to 4 hours, at about 88. Freely
soluble in water and in alcohol; very slightly soluble in chloroform.
Acetone: Transparent, colorless, mobile, volatile liquid, having a characteristic odor. A solution (1 in 2) is neutral to litmus. Miscible with
water, with alcohol, with ether, with chloroform, and with most volatile
oils. NF category: Solvent.
Acetylcholine Chloride: White or off-white crystals or crystalline powder. Very soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol; insoluble in ether.
Is decomposed by hot water and by alkalies.
Acetylcysteine: White, crystalline powder, having a slight acetic odor.
Freely soluble in water and in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Acetyltributyl Citrate: Clear, practically colorless, oily liquid. Freely
soluble in alcohol, in isopropyl alcohol, in acetone, and in toluene;
insoluble in water. NF category: Plasticizer.
Acetyltriethyl Citrate: Clear, practically colorless, oily liquid. Freely
soluble in alcohol, in isopropyl alcohol, in acetone, and in toluene;
insoluble in water. NF category: Plasticizer.
Acitretin: Yellow or greenish, crystalline powder. Sparingly soluble in
tetrahydrofuran; slightly soluble in acetone and in alcohol; very slightly
soluble in cyclohexane; practically insoluble in water.
Acyclovir: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Melts at temperatures higher than 250, with decomposition. Soluble in diluted hydrochloric acid; slightly soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol.
Ademetionine Disulfate Tosylate: White powder. Freely soluble in
water.
Adenine: White crystals or crystalline powder. Is odorless and tasteless. Sparingly soluble in boiling water; slightly soluble in alcohol;
very slightly soluble in water; practically insoluble in ether and in
chloroform.
Alkyl (C12-15) Benzoate: Clear, practically colorless, oily liquid. Soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in isopropyl alcohol, in ethyl acetate, in
isopropyl myristate, in isopropyl palmitate, in lanolin, in mineral oil, in
vegetable oils, and in volatile silicones; insoluble in water, in glycerin,
and in propylene glycol. NF category: Vehicle (oleaginous); emollient.
Allantoin: White, crystalline powder. Slightly soluble in water; very
slightly soluble in alcohol. Melts at about 225, with decomposition.
Allopurinol: Fluffy white to off-white powder, having only a slight
odor. Soluble in solutions of potassium and sodium hydroxides; very
slightly soluble in water and in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Allyl Isothiocyanate: Colorless to pale yellow, very refractive, liquid.
Pungent irritating odor, acrid taste. [Caution: Lachrymator.] Miscible
with alcohol, with carbon disulfide, and with ether. Slightly soluble in
water.
Almond Oil: Clear, pale straw-colored or colorless, oily liquid, having
a bland taste. Remains clear at 10, and does not congeal until cooled
to almost 20. Slightly soluble in alcohol; miscible with ether, with
chloroform, with benzene, and with solvent hexane. NF category: Flavors and perfumes; vehicle (oleaginous).
Aloe: Has a characteristic, somewhat sour and disagreeable, odor.
Alprazolam: A white to off-white, crystalline powder. Melts at about
225. Freely soluble in chloroform; soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble
in acetone; slightly soluble in ethyl acetate; insoluble in water.
Alprostadil: A white to off-white, crystalline powder. Melts at about
110. Freely soluble in alcohol; soluble in water and in acetone; slightly
soluble in ethyl acetate; very slightly soluble in chloroform and in
ether.
Altretamine: White, crystalline powder. Soluble in chloroform; insoluble in water.
Ammonium Alum: Large, colorless crystals, crystalline fragments,
or white powder. Is odorless, and has a sweetish, strongly astringent
taste. Its solutions are acid to litmus. Very soluble in boiling water;
freely soluble in water; freely but slowly soluble in glycerin; insoluble
in alcohol.
Potassium Alum: Large, colorless crystals, crystalline fragments, or
white powder. Is odorless, and has a sweetish, strongly astringent
taste. Its solutions are acid to litmus. Very soluble in boiling water;
freely soluble in water; freely but slowly soluble in glycerin; insoluble
in alcohol.
Aluminum Acetate Topical Solution: Clear, colorless liquid having a
faint odor of acetic acid, and a sweetish, astringent taste. Specific gravity is about 1.02.
Aluminum Chloride: White, or yellowish-white, deliquescent, crystalline powder. Is practically odorless, and has a sweet, very astringent
taste. Its solutions are acid to litmus. Very soluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol; soluble in glycerin.
Aluminum Hydroxide Gel: White, viscous suspension, from which
small amounts of clear liquid may separate on standing.
Dried Aluminum Hydroxide Gel: White, odorless, tasteless, amorphous powder. Soluble in dilute mineral acids and in solutions of fixed
alkali hydroxides; insoluble in water and in alcohol.
Aluminum Monostearate: Fine, white to yellowish-white, bulky powder, having a faint, characteristic odor. Insoluble in water, in alcohol,
and in ether. NF category: Suspending and/or viscosity-increasing
agent.
Aluminum Phosphate Gel: White, viscous suspension from which
small amounts of water separate on standing.
Aluminum Subacetate Topical Solution: Clear, colorless or faintly yellow liquid, having an odor of acetic acid and an acid reaction to litmus.
Gradually becomes turbid on standing, through separation of a more
basic salt.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Aluminum Sulfate: White, crystalline powder, shining plates, or crystalline fragments. Is stable in air. Is odorless, and has a sweet taste, becoming mildly astringent. Freely soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol.
Amantadine Hydrochloride: White or practically white, crystalline
powder, having a bitter taste. Freely soluble in water; soluble in alcohol
and in chloroform.
Amifostine: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in water.
Amikacin: White, crystalline powder. Sparingly soluble in water.
Amikacin Sulfate: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in water.
Amiloride Hydrochloride: Yellow to greenish-yellow, odorless or practically odorless powder. Freely soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide; slightly
soluble in water; sparingly soluble in methanol; insoluble in ether, in
ethyl acetate, in acetone, and in chloroform.
Amino Methacrylate Copolymer: Colorless to yellowish granules.
Soluble in acetone, in isopropyl alcohol, and in diluted acids; practically insoluble in water. The solutions are clear to slightly cloudy. NF
category: Coating agent; polymer membrane; tablet binder.
Aminobenzoate Potassium: White, crystalline powder. The pH of a
1 in 100 solution in water is about 7. Very soluble in water; soluble in
alcohol; practically insoluble in ether.
Aminobenzoic Acid: White or slightly yellow, odorless crystals or crystalline powder. Discolors on exposure to air or light. Slightly soluble in
water and in chloroform; freely soluble in alcohol and in solutions of
alkali hydroxides and carbonates; sparingly soluble in ether.
Aminobenzoic Acid Topical Solution: Straw-colored solution having
the odor of alcohol.
Aminocaproic Acid: Fine, white, crystalline powder. Is odorless, or
practically odorless. Its solutions are neutral to litmus. Melts at about
205. Freely soluble in water, in acids, and in alkalies; slightly soluble
in methanol and in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in
ether.
Aminoglutethimide: Fine, white, or creamy white, crystalline powder.
Very slightly soluble in water; readily soluble in most organic solvents.
Forms water-soluble salts with strong acids.
Aminohippuric Acid: White, crystalline powder. Discolors on exposure
to light. Melts at about 195, with decomposition. Sparingly soluble in
water and in alcohol; freely soluble in alkaline solutions, with some
decomposition, and in diluted hydrochloric acid; very slightly soluble
in benzene, in carbon tetrachloride, in chloroform, and in ether.
Aminopentamide Sulfate: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in water and in alcohol; very slightly soluble in chloroform; practically
insoluble in ether.
Aminophylline: White or slightly yellowish granules or powder, having a slight ammoniacal odor and a bitter taste. Upon exposure to air,
it gradually loses ethylenediamine and absorbs carbon dioxide with
the liberation of free theophylline. Its solutions are alkaline to litmus.
One g dissolves in 25 mL of water to give a clear solution; 1 g dissolved
in 5 mL of water crystallizes upon standing, but redissolves when a
small amount of ethylenediamine is added. Insoluble in alcohol and
in ether.
Aminophylline Tablets: May have a faint ammoniacal odor.
Aminosalicylate Sodium: White to cream-colored, crystalline powder.
Is practically odorless, and has a sweet, saline taste. Its solutions decompose slowly and darken in color. Freely soluble in water; sparingly
soluble in alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether and in chloroform.
Aminosalicylic Acid: White or practically white, bulky powder, that
darkens on exposure to light and air. Is odorless, or has a slight acetous
odor. Slightly soluble in water and in ether; soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in benzene.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Baclofen: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Is odorless or practically so. Slightly soluble in water; very slightly soluble in methanol;
insoluble in chloroform.
Adhesive Bandage: The compress of Adhesive Bandage is substantially
free from loose threads or ravelings. The adhesive strip may be perforated, and the back may be coated with a water-repellent film.
Gauze Bandage: One continuous piece, tightly rolled, in various widths
and lengths and substantially free from loose threads and ravelings.
Barium Hydroxide Lime: White or grayish-white granules. May have
a color if an indicator has been added. NF category: Sorbent, carbon
dioxide.
Barium Sulfate: Fine, white, odorless, tasteless, bulky powder, free
from grittiness. Practically insoluble in water, in organic solvents, and
in solutions of acids and of alkalies.
Barium Sulfate for Suspension: White or colored, bulky or granular
powder.
BCG Vaccine: White to creamy white, dried mass, having the characteristic texture of material dried in the frozen state.
Beclomethasone Dipropionate: White to cream white, odorless powder. Very slightly soluble in water; very soluble in chloroform; freely
soluble in acetone and in alcohol.
Belladonna Leaf: When moistened, its odor is slight, somewhat tobacco-like. Its taste is somewhat bitter and acrid.
Benazepril Hydrochloride: White to off-white, crystalline powder.
Soluble in water, in methanol, and in alcohol.
Bendroflumethiazide: White to cream-colored, finely divided, crystalline powder. Is odorless, or has a slight odor. Melts at about 220. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol and in acetone.
Benoxinate Hydrochloride: White, or slightly off-white, crystals or
crystalline powder. Is odorless, or has a slight characteristic odor, has a
salty taste, and exhibits local anesthetic properties when placed upon
the tongue. Its solutions are neutral to litmus, and it melts at about
158. Very soluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform and in alcohol;
insoluble in ether.
Bentonite: Very fine, odorless, pale buff or cream-colored to grayish powder, free from grit. Has a slightly earthy taste. Is hygroscopic.
Insoluble in water, but swells to approximately twelve times its volume
when added to water; insoluble in, and does not swell in, organic solvents. NF category: Suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Purified Bentonite: Odorless, tasteless, fine (micronized) powder or
small flakes that are creamy when viewed on their flat surfaces and tan
to brown when viewed on their edges. Insoluble in water and in alcohol. Swells when added to water or glycerin. NF category: Suspending
and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Bentonite Magma: NF category: Suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Benzaldehyde: Colorless, strongly refractive liquid, having an odor
resembling that of bitter almond oil, and having a burning, aromatic
taste. Is affected by light. Slightly soluble in water. Miscible with alcohol, with ether, and with fixed and volatile oils. NF category: Flavors
and perfumes.
Benzaldehyde Elixir, Compound: NF category: Flavored and/or sweetened vehicle.
Benzalkonium Chloride: White or yellowish-white, thick gel or gelatinous pieces. Usually has a mild, aromatic odor. Its aqueous solution
has a bitter taste, foams strongly when shaken, and usually is slightly
alkaline. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. Anhydrous form freely
soluble in benzene, and slightly soluble in ether. NF category: Antimicrobial preservative; wetting and/or solubilizing agent.
Benzalkonium Chloride Solution: Clear liquid; colorless or slightly
yellow unless a color has been added. Has an aromatic odor and a bitter taste. NF category: Antimicrobial preservative.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Benzethonium Chloride: White crystals, having a mild odor. Its solution (1 in 100) is slightly alkaline to litmus. Soluble in water, in alcohol,
and in chloroform; slightly soluble in ether. NF category: Antimicrobial
preservative; wetting and/or solubilizing agent.
Benzethonium Chloride Solution: Odorless, clear liquid, slightly
alkaline to litmus.
Benzethonium Chloride Tincture: Clear liquid, having the characteristic odor of acetone and of alcohol.
Benzocaine: Small, white crystals or white, crystalline powder. Is
odorless, is stable in air, and exhibits local anesthetic properties when
placed upon the tongue. Very slightly soluble in water; freely soluble
in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether; sparingly soluble in almond oil
and in olive oil. Dissolves in dilute acids.
Benzoic Acid: White crystals, scales, or needles. Has a slight odor,
usually suggesting benzaldehyde or benzoin. Somewhat volatile
at moderately warm temperatures. Freely volatile in steam. Slightly
soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether.
NF category: Antimicrobial preservative.
Benzoin: Sumatra Benzoin has an aromatic and balsamic odor. When
heated it does not emit a pinaceous odor. When Sumatra Benzoin is
digested with boiling water, the odor suggests cinnamates or storax.
Its taste is aromatic and slightly acrid. Siam Benzoin has an agreeable,
balsamic, vanilla-like odor. Its taste is aromatic and slightly acrid.
Benzonatate: Clear, pale yellow, viscous liquid, having a faint, characteristic odor. Has a bitter taste, and exhibits local anesthetic properties
when placed upon the tongue. Miscible with water in all proportions.
Freely soluble in chloroform, in alcohol, and in benzene.
Hydrous Benzoyl Peroxide: White, granular powder, having a characteristic odor. Sparingly soluble in water and in alcohol; soluble in
acetone, in chloroform, and in ether.
Benzoyl Peroxide Gel: A soft, white gel, having a characteristic odor.
Benzoyl Peroxide Lotion: White, viscous, creamy lotion, having a
characteristic odor.
Benztropine Mesylate: White, slightly hygroscopic, crystalline powder.
Very soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol; very slightly soluble in
ether.
Benzyl Alcohol: Clear, colorless, oily liquid. Boils at about 206, without decomposition. Is neutral to litmus. Freely soluble in 50% alcohol;
sparingly soluble in water. Miscible with alcohol, with ether, and with
chloroform. The specific gravity is between 1.042 and 1.047. NF category: Antimicrobial preservative.
Benzyl Benzoate: Clear, colorless, oily liquid having a slight aromatic
odor and producing a sharp, burning sensation on the tongue. Practically insoluble in water and in glycerin. Miscible with alcohol, with
ether, and with chloroform. NF category: Solvent.
Beta Carotene: Red or reddish-brown to violet-brown crystals or crystalline powder. Insoluble in water and in acids and in alkalies; soluble
in carbon disulfide, in benzene, and in chloroform; sparingly soluble in
ether, in solvent hexane, and in vegetable oils; practically insoluble in
methanol and in alcohol.
Betadex: White, practically odorless, fine crystalline powder having a
slightly sweet taste. Sparingly soluble in water. NF category: Sequestering agent.
Betahistine Hydrochloride: White to almost yellow, crystalline powder.
Very hygroscopic. Melts between 151 and 154. Very soluble in water;
freely soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in isopropyl alcohol.
Betaine Hydrochloride: White, crystalline powder. Soluble in water
and in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Betamethasone: White to practically white, odorless, crystalline powder. Melts at about 240, with some decomposition. Insoluble in water;
sparingly soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in dioxane, and in methanol;
very slightly soluble in chloroform and in ether.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Cefepime Hydrochloride: White to off-white, crystalline, nonhygroscopic solid. Freely soluble in water.
Cefepime for Injection: White to pale yellow powder. Freely soluble
in water.
Cefixime: White to light yellow, crystalline powder. Soluble in methanol and in propylene glycol; slightly soluble in alcohol, in acetone, and
in glycerin; very slightly soluble in 70% sorbitol and in octanol; practically insoluble in ether, in ethyl acetate, in hexane, and in water.
Cefmenoxime Hydrochloride: White to light orange-yellow crystals
or crystalline powder. Very slightly soluble in water; freely soluble in
formamide; slightly soluble in methanol; practically insoluble in dehydrated alcohol and in ether.
Cefmetazole Sodium: White solid. Very soluble in water and in methanol; soluble in acetone; practically insoluble in chloroform.
Cefonicid Sodium: White to off-white solid. Freely soluble in water, in
0.9% sodium chloride solution, and in 5% dextrose solution; soluble in
methanol; very slightly soluble in dehydrated alcohol.
Cefoperazone Sodium: White to pale buff crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in water and in methanol; slightly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; insoluble in acetone, in ethyl acetate, and in ether.
Ceforanide: White to off-white powder. Practically insoluble in water,
in methanol, in chloroform, and in ether; very soluble in 1 N sodium
hydroxide.
Cefotaxime Sodium: Off-white to pale yellow crystalline powder.
Freely soluble in water; practically insoluble in organic solvents.
Cefoxitin Sodium: White to off-white, granules or powder, having a
slight characteristic odor. Is somewhat hygroscopic. Very soluble in
water; soluble in methanol; sparingly soluble in dimethylformamide;
slightly soluble in acetone; insoluble in ether and in chloroform.
Cefpodoxime Proxetil: White to light brownish-white powder. Odorless or having a faint odor, and has a bitter taste. Very slightly soluble in
water; soluble in acetonitrile and in methanol; freely soluble in dehydrated alcohol; slightly soluble in ether.
Ceftazidime: White to cream-colored, crystalline powder. Soluble in
alkali and in dimethyl sulfoxide; slightly soluble in dimethylformamide,
in methanol, and in water; insoluble in acetone, in alcohol, in chloroform, in dioxane, in ether, in ethyl acetate, and in toluene.
Ceftizoxime Sodium: White to pale yellow crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in water.
Ceftriaxone Sodium: White to yellowish-orange crystalline powder.
Freely soluble in water; sparingly soluble in methanol; very slightly
soluble in alcohol.
Cefuroxime Axetil: White to almost white powder. The amorphous
form is freely soluble in acetone; soluble in chloroform, in ethyl acetate, and in methanol; slightly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; insoluble
in ether and in water. The crystalline form is freely soluble in acetone;
sparingly soluble in chloroform, in ethyl acetate, and in methanol;
slightly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; insoluble in ether and in water.
Cefuroxime Sodium: White or faintly yellow powder. Freely soluble in
water; soluble in methanol; very slightly soluble in alcohol, in ether, in
ethyl acetate, and in chloroform.
Cellaburate: Fine white or almost white powder or granules. Available
in a range of viscosities, acetyl and butyl contents. Slightly hygroscopic;
soluble in acetone, in methylene chloride, in pyridine, and in dimethyl
sulfoxide; practically insoluble in water and in alcohol. NF category:
Coating agent; polymer membrane.
Cellacefate: Free-flowing, white powder. May have a slight odor of
acetic acid. Insoluble in water and in alcohol; soluble in acetone and in
dioxane. NF category: Coating agent.
Cellulose Acetate: Fine, white powder or free-flowing pellets. Available in a range of viscosities and acetyl contents. High viscosity, which
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Chloroprocaine Hydrochloride: White, crystalline powder. Is odorless, and is stable in air. Its solutions are acid to litmus. Exhibits local
anesthetic properties when placed upon the tongue. Soluble in water;
slightly soluble in alcohol; very slightly soluble in chloroform; practically insoluble in ether.
Chloroquine: White or slightly yellow, crystalline powder. Is odorless,
and has a bitter taste. Very slightly soluble in water; soluble in dilute
acids, in chloroform, and in ether.
Chloroquine Hydrochloride Injection: Colorless liquid.
Chloroquine Phosphate: White, crystalline powder. Is odorless, has a
bitter taste, and is discolored slowly on exposure to light. Its solutions
have a pH of about 4.5. Exists in two polymorphic forms, one melting
between 193 and 195 and the other between 210 and 215 (see Melting Range or Temperature 741); mixture of the forms melts between
193 and 215. Freely soluble in water; practically insoluble in alcohol,
in chloroform, and in ether.
Chlorothiazide: White or practically white, crystalline, odorless powder. Melts at about 340, with decomposition. Very slightly soluble in
water; freely soluble in dimethylformamide and in dimethyl sulfoxide;
slightly soluble in methanol and in pyridine; practically insoluble in
ether, in benzene, and in chloroform.
Chloroxylenol: White crystals or crystalline powder, having a characteristic odor. Is volatile in steam. Very slightly soluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol, in ether, in terpenes, in fixed oils, and in solutions
of alkali hydroxides.
Chlorpheniramine Maleate: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Its
solutions have a pH between 4 and 5. Freely soluble in water; soluble
in alcohol and in chloroform; slightly soluble in ether and in benzene.
Chlorpromazine: White, crystalline solid, having an amine-like odor.
Darkens on prolonged exposure to light. Melts at about 60. Practically
insoluble in water and in dilute alkali hydroxides; freely soluble in alcohol, in benzene, in chloroform, in ether, and in dilute mineral acids.
Chlorpromazine Hydrochloride: White or slightly creamy white, odorless, crystalline powder. Darkens on prolonged exposure to light. Very
soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; insoluble
in ether and in benzene.
Chlorpropamide: White, crystalline powder, having a slight odor.
Practically insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble in
chloroform.
Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride: Yellow, crystalline powder. Is odorless, and has a bitter taste. Is stable in air, but is slowly affected by light.
Sparingly soluble in water; soluble in solutions of alkali hydroxides and
carbonates; slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone,
in chloroform, in dioxane, and in ether.
Chlorthalidone: White to yellowish-white, crystalline powder. Melts at
a temperature above 215, with decomposition. Practically insoluble in
water, in ether, and in chloroform; soluble in methanol; slightly soluble
in alcohol.
Chlorzoxazone: White or practically white, practically odorless, crystalline powder. Slightly soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol,
in isopropyl alcohol, and in methanol; soluble in solutions of alkali
hydroxides and ammonia.
Cholecalciferol: White, odorless crystals. Is affected by air and by
light. Melts at about 85. Insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in fatty oils.
Cholesterol: White or faintly yellow, practically odorless, pearly leaflets, needles, powder, or granules. Acquires a yellow to pale tan color
on prolonged exposure to light. Insoluble in water; soluble in acetone,
in chloroform, in dioxane, in ether, in ethyl acetate, in solvent hexane,
and in vegetable oils; sparingly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; slightly
(and slowly) soluble in alcohol. NF category: Emulsifying and/or solubilizing agent.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Clidinium Bromide: White to nearly white, practically odorless, crystalline powder. Is optically inactive. Melts at about 242. Soluble in
water and in alcohol; slightly soluble in benzene and in ether.
Clindamycin Hydrochloride: White or practically white, crystalline
powder. Is odorless or has a faint mercaptan-like odor. Is stable in the
presence of air and light. Its solutions are acidic and are dextrorotatory. Freely soluble in water, in dimethylformamide, and in methanol;
soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone.
Clindamycin Palmitate Hydrochloride: White to off-white amorphous
powder, having a characteristic odor. Very soluble in ethyl acetate and
in dimethylformamide; freely soluble in water, in benzene, in ether, in
chloroform, and in alcohol.
Clindamycin Phosphate: White to off-white, hygroscopic, crystalline
powder. Is odorless or practically odorless, and has a bitter taste. Freely
soluble in water; slightly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; very slightly
soluble in acetone; practically insoluble in chloroform, in benzene,
and in ether.
Clioquinol: Voluminous, spongy, yellowish-white to brownish-yellow
powder, having a slight, characteristic odor. Darkens on exposure to
light. Melts at about 180, with decomposition. Practically insoluble
in water and in alcohol; soluble in hot ethyl acetate and in hot glacial
acetic acid.
Clobetasol Propionate: White to cream, crystalline powder. Practically
insoluble in water; slightly soluble in benzene and in diethyl ether;
sparingly soluble in ethanol; soluble in acetone, in dimethyl sulfoxide,
in chloroform, in methanol, and in dioxane.
Clocortolone Pivalate: White to yellowish-white, odorless powder.
Melts at about 230, with decomposition. Freely soluble in chloroform
and in dioxane; soluble in acetone; sparingly soluble in alcohol; slightly
soluble in benzene and in ether.
Clofazimine: Dark red crystals. Melts at about 217, with decomposition. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in chloroform and in benzene; sparingly soluble in alcohol, in acetone, and in ethyl acetate.
Clofibrate: Colorless to pale yellow liquid having a characteristic odor.
Insoluble in water; soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in benzene, and in
chloroform.
Clomiphene Citrate: White to pale yellow, essentially odorless powder. Slightly soluble in water and in chloroform; freely soluble in
methanol; sparingly soluble in alcohol; insoluble in ether.
Clomipramine Hydrochloride: White to faintly yellow, crystalline powder. Very soluble in water.
Clonazepam: Light yellow powder, having a faint odor. Insoluble in
water; sparingly soluble in acetone and in chloroform; slightly soluble
in alcohol and in ether.
Clonidine: White to almost white, crystalline powder. Melting point is
about 130. Freely soluble in methanol and in alcohol.
Clopidogrel Bisulfate: White to off-white powder. Freely soluble in
water and in methanol; practically insoluble in ether.
Clorazepate Dipotassium: Light yellow, crystalline powder. Darkens
on exposure to light. Soluble in water but, upon standing, may precipitate from the solution; slightly soluble in alcohol and in isopropyl
alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone, in benzene, in chloroform, in
ether, and in methylene chloride.
Clorsulon: White to off-white powder. Slightly soluble in water; freely
soluble in acetonitrile and in methanol; very slightly soluble in methylene chloride.
Clotrimazole: White to pale yellow, crystalline powder. Melts at about
142, with decomposition. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble
in methanol, in acetone, in chloroform, and in alcohol.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Cloxacillin Benzathine: White or almost white, almost odorless, crystals or crystalline powder. Slightly soluble in water, in alcohol, and in
isopropyl alcohol; soluble in chloroform and in methanol; sparingly
soluble in acetone.
Cloxacillin Sodium: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in water; soluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in chloroform.
Clozapine: Yellow, crystalline powder. Soluble in chloroform, in
acetone, and in alcohol; sparingly soluble in acetonitrile; insoluble in
water.
Coal Tar: Nearly black, viscous liquid, heavier than water, having a
characteristic, naphthalene-like odor, and producing a sharp, burning
sensation on the tongue. Slightly soluble in water, to which it imparts
its characteristic odor and taste and a faintly alkaline reaction; partially
soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in carbon disulfide, in chloroform, in
ether, in methanol, and in solvent hexane; is more soluble in benzene, only about 5% remaining undissolved, and is almost completely
soluble in nitrobenzene, only a small amount of undissolved matter
remaining suspended in the solution.
Cyanocobalamin Co 57 Capsules: May contain a small amount of solid
or solids, or may appear empty.
Cyanocobalamin Co 57 Oral Solution: Clear, colorless to pink
solution.
Cocaine: Colorless to white crystals or white, crystalline powder. Is
levorotatory in 3 N hydrochloric acid solution. Its saturated solution
is alkaline to litmus. Slightly soluble in water; very soluble in warm
alcohol; freely soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether; soluble
in olive oil; sparingly soluble in mineral oil.
Cocaine Hydrochloride: Colorless crystals or white, crystalline powder. Very soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol; soluble in chloroform and in glycerin; insoluble in ether.
Coccidioidin: Clear, practically colorless or amber-colored liquid.
Cocoa Butter: Yellowish-white solid, having a faint, agreeable odor,
and a bland, chocolate-like taste if the cocoa butter is obtained by
pressing. If obtained by extraction, the taste is bland. Is usually brittle
at temperatures below 25. Freely soluble in ether and in chloroform;
soluble in boiling dehydrated alcohol; slightly soluble in alcohol. NF
category: Suppository base.
Coconut Oil: Clear, white to light yellow-tan, viscous liquid. Freely
soluble in methylene chloride and in light petroleum (bp: 65 to 70);
very slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in water. NF category: Coating agent; emulsifying and/or solubilizing agent.
Cod Liver Oil: Thin, oily liquid, having a characteristic, slightly fishy
but not rancid odor, and a fishy taste. Slightly soluble in alcohol;
freely soluble in ether, in chloroform, in carbon disulfide, and in ethyl
acetate.
Codeine: Colorless or white crystals or white, crystalline powder. It
effloresces slowly in dry air, and is affected by light. In acid or alcohol
solutions it is levorotatory. Its saturated solution is alkaline to litmus.
Slightly soluble in water; very soluble in chloroform; freely soluble in
alcohol; sparingly soluble in ether. When heated in an amount of water
insufficient for complete solution, it melts to oily drops that crystallize
on cooling.
Codeine Phosphate: Fine, white, needle-shaped crystals, or white,
crystalline powder. Is odorless. Is affected by light. Its solutions are
acid to litmus. Freely soluble in water; very soluble in hot water; slightly
soluble in alcohol but more so in boiling alcohol.
Codeine Sulfate: White crystals, usually needle-like, or white, crystalline powder. Is affected by light. Soluble in water; freely soluble in
water at 80; very slightly soluble in alcohol; insoluble in chloroform
and in ether.
Colchicine: Pale yellow to pale greenish-yellow, amorphous scales,
or powder or crystalline powder. Is odorless or nearly so, and darkens
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Droperidol: White to light tan, amorphous or microcrystalline powder. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform; slightly
soluble in alcohol and in ether. Melts at about 145.
Drospirenone: White to off-white powder. Freely soluble in methylene chloride; soluble in acetone and in methanol; sparingly soluble
in ethyl acetate and in alcohol; practically insoluble in hexane and in
water.
Absorbable Dusting Powder: White, odorless powder.
Dyclonine Hydrochloride: White crystals or white crystalline powder,
which may have a slight odor. Exhibits local anesthetic properties
when placed upon the tongue. Soluble in water, in acetone, in alcohol,
and in chloroform.
Dydrogesterone: White to pale yellow, crystalline powder. Practically
insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Dyphylline: White, odorless, extremely bitter, amorphous or crystalline solid. Freely soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol and in
chloroform; practically insoluble in ether.
Echothiophate Iodide: White, crystalline, hygroscopic solid having a
slight mercaptan-like odor. Its solutions have a pH of about 4. Freely
soluble in water and in methanol; soluble in dehydrated alcohol; practically insoluble in other organic solvents.
Echothiophate Iodide for Ophthalmic Solution: White, amorphous
powder.
Econazole Nitrate: White or practically white, crystalline powder,
having not more than a slight odor. Very slightly soluble in water and
in ether; slightly soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble in chloroform;
soluble in methanol.
Edetate Calcium Disodium: White, crystalline granules or white,
crystalline powder. Is odorless, is slightly hygroscopic, and has a faint,
saline taste. Is stable in air. Freely soluble in water. NF category: Chelating agent; complexing agent.
Edetate Disodium: White, crystalline powder. Soluble in water. NF
category: Chelating agent; complexing agent.
Edetic Acid: White, crystalline powder. Melts above 220, with decomposition. Soluble in solutions of alkali hydroxides; very slightly soluble
in water. NF category: Chelating agent; complexing agent.
Edrophonium Chloride: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Its
solution (1 in 10) is practically colorless. Very soluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol; insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Emedastine Fumarate: White to faintly yellow, crystalline powder.
Soluble in water.
Emetine Hydrochloride: White or very slightly yellowish, odorless,
crystalline powder. Is affected by light. Freely soluble in water and in
alcohol.
Enalapril Maleate: Off-white, crystalline powder. Melts at about 144.
Practically insoluble in nonpolar organic solvents; slightly soluble in
semipolar organic solvents; sparingly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in methanol and in dimethylformamide.
Enalaprilat: White to nearly white, hygroscopic, crystalline powder.
Sparingly soluble in methanol and in dimethylformamide; slightly
soluble in water and in isopropyl alcohol; very slightly soluble in acetone, in alcohol, and in hexane; practically insoluble in acetonitrile
and in chloroform.
Enflurane: Clear, colorless, stable, volatile liquid, having a mild, sweet
odor. Is nonflammable. Slightly soluble in water. Miscible with organic
solvents, with fats, and with oils.
Ephedrine: Unctuous, practically colorless solid or white crystals or
granules. Gradually decomposes on exposure to light. Melts between
33 and 40, the variability in the melting point being the result of differences in the moisture content, anhydrous Ephedrine having a lower
melting point than the hemihydrate of Ephedrine. Its solutions are
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Ethyl Vanillin: Fine, white or slightly yellowish crystals. Its taste and
odor are similar to the taste and odor of vanillin. Is affected by light.
Its solutions are acid to litmus. Sparingly soluble in water at 50; freely
soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, in ether, and in solutions of alkali
hydroxides. NF category: Flavors and perfumes.
Ethylcellulose: Free-flowing, white to light tan powder. It forms films
that have a refractive index of about 1.47. Its aqueous suspensions
are neutral to litmus. Insoluble in water, in glycerin, and in propylene
glycol. Ethylcellulose containing less than 46.5% of ethoxy groups is
freely soluble in tetrahydrofuran, in methyl acetate, in chloroform,
and in mixtures of aromatic hydrocarbons with alcohol. Ethylcellulose
containing not less than 46.5% of ethoxy groups is freely soluble in
alcohol, in methanol, in toluene, in chloroform, and in ethyl acetate.
NF category: Coating agent; tablet binder.
Ethylenediamine: Clear, colorless or only slightly yellow liquid, having
an ammonia-like odor and a strong alkaline reaction. Miscible with
water and with alcohol.
Ethylene Glycol Stearates: White or almost white, waxy solid. Soluble
in acetone and in hot alcohol; practically insoluble in water. NF category: Emulsifying and/or solubilizing agent.
Ethylparaben: Small, colorless crystals or white powder. Slightly
soluble in water and in glycerin; freely soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in ether, and in propylene glycol. NF category: Antimicrobial
preservative.
Ethynodiol Diacetate: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Is stable
in air. Insoluble in water; very soluble in chloroform; freely soluble in
ether; soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble in fixed oils.
Etidronate Disodium: White powder, which may contain lumps. Freely
soluble in water; practically insoluble in alcohol.
Etoposide: Fine, white to off-white, crystalline powder. Very slightly
soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, in ethyl acetate, and in methylene chloride; sparingly soluble in methanol.
Eucatropine Hydrochloride: White, granular, odorless powder. Its
solutions are neutral to litmus. Very soluble in water; freely soluble in
alcohol and in chloroform; insoluble in ether.
Eugenol: Colorless or pale yellow liquid, having a strongly aromatic
odor of clove and a pungent, spicy taste. Upon exposure to air, it
darkens and thickens. Is optically inactive. Slightly soluble in water.
Miscible with alcohol, with chloroform, with ether, and with fixed oils.
Famotidine: White to pale yellowish-white, crystalline powder. Is
sensitive to light. Freely soluble in dimethylformamide and in glacial
acetic acid; slightly soluble in methanol; very slightly soluble in water;
practically insoluble in acetone, in alcohol, in chloroform, in ether, and
in ethyl acetate.
Hard Fat: White mass; almost odorless and free from rancid odor;
greasy to the touch. On warming, melts to give a colorless or slightly
yellowish liquid. When the molten material is shaken with an equal
quantity of hot water, a white emulsion is formed. Practically insoluble
in water; freely soluble in ether; slightly soluble in alcohol. NF category:
Stiffening agent; suppository base.
Felodipine: Light yellow to yellow, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in acetone and in methanol; very slightly soluble in heptane; insoluble
in water.
Fenbendazole: White to off-white powder. Sparingly soluble in dimethylformamide; very slightly soluble in methanol; practically insoluble in water.
Fenofibrate: White or almost white, crystalline powder. Very soluble
in methylene chloride; slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble
in water.
Fenoldopam Mesylate: White to off-white powder. Soluble in water.
Fenoprofen Calcium: White, crystalline powder. Slightly soluble in n-hexanol, in methanol, and in water; practically insoluble in chloroform.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Fentanyl Citrate: White, crystalline powder or white, glistening crystals. Melts at about 150, with decomposition. Sparingly soluble in
water; soluble in methanol; slightly soluble in chloroform.
Ferric Oxide: Powder exhibiting two basic colors (red and yellow),
or other shades produced on blending the basic colors. Insoluble in
water and in organic solvents; dissolves in hydrochloric acid upon
warming, a small amount of insoluble residue usually remaining. NF
category: Color.
Ferric Subsulfate Solution: Reddish-brown liquid, odorless or nearly
so. Acid to litmus, and is affected by light. Specific gravity is about
1.548.
Ferric Sulfate: Grayish-white or yellowish powder or fawn-colored
pearls. Hygroscopic. Rapidly soluble in the presence of a trace of
ferrous sulfate; slowly soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol;
practically insoluble in acetone and in ethyl acetate. Hydrolyzes slowly
in aqueous solution.
Ferrous Fumarate: Reddish-orange to red-brown, odorless powder.
May contain soft lumps that produce a yellow streak when crushed.
Slightly soluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol. Its solubility
in dilute hydrochloric acid is limited by the separation of fumaric acid.
Ferrous Gluconate: Yellowish-gray or pale greenish-yellow, fine powder or granules, having a slight odor resembling that of burned sugar.
Its solution (1 in 20) is acid to litmus. Soluble in water, with slight heating; practically insoluble in alcohol.
Ferrous Sulfate: Pale, bluish-green crystals or granules. Is odorless and
is efflorescent in dry air. Oxidizes readily in moist air to form brownish
yellow basic ferric sulfate. Its solution (1 in 10) is acid to litmus, having
a pH of about 3.7. Freely soluble in water; very soluble in boiling water;
insoluble in alcohol.
Dried Ferrous Sulfate: Grayish-white to buff-colored powder, consisting primarily of FeSO4H2O with varying amounts of FeSO44H2O.
Slowly soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol.
Ferumoxides Injection: Black to reddish-brown, aqueous colloid. It is
stable for 24 hours after dilution.
Finasteride: White to off-white, crystalline solid. Melts at about 257.
Freely soluble in chloroform and in alcohol; very slightly soluble in
water.
Fish Oil Containing Omega-3 Acids: Pale yellow liquid. Very soluble in
acetone and in heptane; slightly soluble in anhydrous alcohol; practically insoluble in water.
Flavoxate Hydrochloride: White or almost white, crystalline powder.
Slightly soluble in alcohol, in water, and in methylene chloride.
Flecainide Acetate: White to slightly off-white, crystalline powder.
Freely soluble in alcohol; soluble in water. pKa is 9.3.
Fluconazole: White or almost white, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in methanol; soluble in alcohol and in acetone; sparingly soluble in
isopropanol and in chloroform; slightly soluble in water; very slightly
soluble in toluene.
Flucytosine: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Is odorless or has
a slight odor. Sparingly soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol;
practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Fludarabine Phosphate: White to off-white, crystalline, hygroscopic
powder. Freely soluble in dimethylformamide; slightly soluble in water
and in 0.1 M hydrochloric acid; practically insoluble in ethanol.
Fludrocortisone Acetate: White to pale yellow crystals or crystalline
powder. Is odorless or practically odorless. Is hygroscopic. Insoluble
in water; slightly soluble in ether; sparingly soluble in alcohol and in
chloroform.
Flumazenil: White to off-white powder. Slightly soluble in acidic aqueous solutions; practically insoluble in water.
Flumethasone Pivalate: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Insoluble in water; slightly soluble in methanol; very slightly soluble in
chloroform and in methylene chloride.
Flunisolide: White to creamy-white, crystalline powder. Melts at about
245, with decomposition. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in acetone; sparingly soluble in chloroform; slightly soluble in methanol.
Flunixin Meglumine: White to off-white crystalline powder. Soluble
in water, in alcohol, and in methanol; practically insoluble in ethyl
acetate.
Fluocinolone Acetonide: White or practically white, odorless, crystalline powder. Is stable in air. Melts at about 270, with decomposition.
Insoluble in water; soluble in methanol; slightly soluble in ether and in
chloroform.
Fluocinonide: White to cream-colored, crystalline powder, having not
more than a slight odor. Practically insoluble in water; sparingly soluble
in acetone and in chloroform; slightly soluble in alcohol, in methanol,
and in dioxane; very slightly soluble in ether.
Fluorescein: Yellowish-red to red, odorless powder. Insoluble in water; soluble in dilute alkali hydroxides.
Fluorescein Sodium: Orange-red, hygroscopic, odorless powder.
Freely soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Fluorescein Sodium Ophthalmic Strip: Each Strip is a dry, white piece
of paper, one end of which is rounded and is uniformly orange-red in
color because of the fluorescein sodium impregnated in the paper.
Fluorometholone: White to yellowish-white, odorless, crystalline
powder. Melts at about 280, with some decomposition. Practically
insoluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol; very slightly soluble in
chloroform and in ether.
Fluorouracil: White to practically white, practically odorless, crystalline powder. Decomposes at about 282. Sparingly soluble in water;
slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in
ether.
Fluoxetine Hydrochloride: White to off-white crystalline powder.
Sparingly soluble in water and in dichloromethane; freely soluble in
alcohol and in methanol; practically insoluble in ether.
Fluoxymesterone: White or practically white, odorless, crystalline
powder. Melts at about 240, with some decomposition. Practically
insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in
chloroform.
Fluphenazine Enanthate: Pale yellow to yellow-orange, clear to slightly
turbid, viscous liquid, having a characteristic odor. Is unstable in strong
light, but stable to air at room temperature. Insoluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether.
Fluphenazine Hydrochloride: White or nearly white, odorless, crystalline powder. Melts, within a range of 5, at a temperature above 225.
Freely soluble in water; slightly soluble in acetone, in alcohol, and in
chloroform; practically insoluble in benzene and in ether.
Flurandrenolide: White to off-white, fluffy, crystalline powder. Is
odorless. Practically insoluble in water and in ether; freely soluble in
chloroform; soluble in methanol; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Flurazepam Hydrochloride: Off-white to yellow, crystalline powder. Is
odorless, or has a slight odor, and its solutions are acid to litmus. Melts
at about 212, with decomposition. Freely soluble in water and in alcohol; slightly soluble in isopropyl alcohol and in chloroform.
Flurbiprofen: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in acetone, in
dehydrated alcohol, in ether, and in methanol; soluble in acetonitrile;
practically insoluble in water. Optically inactive (1 in 50 solution in
dehydrated alcohol).
Flutamide: Pale yellow, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in acetone,
in ethyl acetate, and in methanol; soluble in chloroform and in ether;
practically insoluble in mineral oil, in petroleum ether, and in water.
Fluticasone Propionate (micronized): Fine, white powder.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
is about 1.05. Sparingly soluble in water; soluble in alcohol and in vegetable oils.
Isoleucine: White, practically odorless crystals, having a slightly bitter taste. Soluble in water; slightly soluble in hot alcohol; insoluble in
ether.
Isometheptene Mucate: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in
water; soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in
ether.
Isoniazid: Colorless or white crystals or white, crystalline powder.
Is odorless and is slowly affected by exposure to air and light. Freely
soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in chloroform; and very slightly soluble in ether.
Isoniazid Injection: Clear, colorless to faintly greenish-yellow liquid.
Gradually darkens on exposure to air and light. Tends to crystallize at
low temperatures.
Isopropamide Iodide: White to pale yellow, crystalline powder, having
a bitter taste. Sparingly soluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform
and in alcohol; very slightly soluble in benzene and in ether.
Isopropyl Alcohol: Transparent, colorless, mobile, volatile liquid,
having a characteristic odor and a slightly bitter taste. Is flammable.
Miscible with water, with alcohol, with ether, and with chloroform. NF
category: Solvent.
Azeotropic Isopropyl Alcohol: Transparent, colorless, mobile, volatile liquid, having a characteristic odor and a slightly bitter taste. Is
flammable. Miscible with water, with alcohol, with ether, and with
chloroform.
Isopropyl Myristate: Clear, practically colorless, oily liquid. Is practically
odorless, and congeals at about 5. Insoluble in water, in glycerin, and
in propylene glycol; freely soluble in 90% alcohol. Miscible with most
organic solvents and with fixed oils. NF category: Vehicle (oleaginous).
Isopropyl Palmitate: Colorless, mobile liquid having a very slight odor.
Soluble in acetone, in castor oil, in chloroform, in cottonseed oil, in
ethyl acetate, in alcohol, and in mineral oil; insoluble in water, in glycerin, and in propylene glycol. NF category: Vehicle (oleaginous).
Isoproterenol Inhalation Solution: Colorless or practically colorless,
slightly acid liquid, gradually turning dark on exposure to air and light.
Isoproterenol Hydrochloride: White to practically white, odorless,
crystalline powder, having a slightly bitter taste. Gradually darkens on
exposure to air and light. Its solutions become pink to brownish pink
on standing exposed to air, doing so almost immediately when rendered alkaline. Its solution (1 in 100) has a pH of about 5. Freely soluble
in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol and less soluble in dehydrated
alcohol; insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Isoproterenol Hydrochloride Injection: Colorless or practically colorless liquid, gradually turning dark on exposure to air and light.
Isoproterenol Sulfate: White to practically white, odorless, crystalline
powder. It gradually darkens on exposure to air and light. Its solutions
become pink to brownish pink on standing exposed to air, doing so
almost immediately when rendered alkaline. A solution (1 in 100) has a
pH of about 5. Freely soluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol,
in benzene, and in ether.
Isosorbide Concentrate: Colorless to slightly yellow liquid. Soluble in
water and in alcohol.
Diluted Isosorbide Dinitrate: Ivory-white, odorless powder. [note
Undiluted isosorbide dinitrate occurs as white, crystalline rosettes.]
Undiluted isosorbide dinitrate is very slightly soluble in water; very
soluble in acetone; freely soluble in chloroform; sparingly soluble in
alcohol.
Isotretinoin: Yellow crystals. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in
chloroform; sparingly soluble in alcohol, in isopropyl alcohol, and in
polyethylene glycol 400.
Isoxsuprine Hydrochloride: White, odorless, crystalline powder, having a bitter taste. Melts at about 200, with decomposition. Slightly
soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Isradipine: Yellow, fine crystalline powder.
Ivermectin: White to yellowish-white, crystalline powder. Slightly
hygroscopic. Freely soluble in methanol and in methylene chloride;
soluble in acetone and in acetonitrile; practically insoluble in hexane
and in water.
Juniper Tar: Dark brown, clear, thick liquid, having a tarry odor and
a faintly aromatic, bitter taste. Very slightly soluble in water; partially
soluble in solvent hexane. One volume dissolves in 9 volumes of alcohol. Dissolves in 3 volumes of ether, leaving only a slight, flocculent
residue. Miscible with amyl alcohol, with chloroform, and with glacial
acetic acid.
Kanamycin Sulfate: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in water; insoluble in acetone, in ethyl acetate, and in benzene.
Kaolin: Soft, white or yellowish-white powder or lumps. Has an earthy
or clay-like taste and, when moistened with water, assumes a darker
color and develops a marked clay-like odor. Insoluble in water, in cold
dilute acids, and in solutions of alkali hydroxides. NF category: Tablet
and/or capsule diluent.
Ketamine Hydrochloride: White, crystalline powder, having a slight,
characteristic odor. Freely soluble in water and in methanol; soluble in
alcohol; sparingly soluble in chloroform.
Ketorolac Tromethamine: White to off-white, crystalline powder.
Melts between 165 and 170, with decomposition. Freely soluble in
water and in methanol; slightly soluble in alcohol, in dehydrated alcohol, and in tetrahydrofuran; practically insoluble in acetone, in dichloromethane, in toluene, in ethyl acetate, in dioxane, in hexane, in butyl
alcohol, and in acetonitrile.
Labetalol Hydrochloride: White to off-white powder. Melts at about
180, with decomposition. Soluble in water and in alcohol; insoluble in
ether and in chloroform.
Lactic Acid: Colorless or yellowish, practically odorless, syrupy liquid.
Is hygroscopic. When it is concentrated by boiling, lactic acid lactate is
formed. Specific gravity is about 1.20. Miscible with water, with alcohol,
and with ether. Insoluble in chloroform. NF category: Buffering agent.
Lactitol: A white or light brown, odorless crystal. Has a mild, sweet
taste, and no aftertaste. NF category: Flavors and perfumes; tablet and/
or capsule diluent.
Anhydrous Lactose: White or almost white powder. Freely soluble
in water; practically insoluble in alcohol. NF category: Tablet and/or
capsule diluent.
Lactose Monohydrate: White, free-flowing powder. Freely but slowly
soluble in water; practically insoluble in alcohol. NF category: Tablet
and/or capsule diluent.
Lactulose Concentrate: Colorless to amber syrupy liquid, which may
exhibit some precipitation and darkening upon standing. Miscible with
water.
Lamivudine: White to off-white solid. Soluble in water. Melts at about
176.
Lanolin: Yellow, tenacious, unctuous mass, having a slight, characteristic odor. Insoluble in water, but mixes without separation with
about twice its weight of water. Sparingly soluble in cold alcohol; more
soluble in hot alcohol; freely soluble in ether and in chloroform. NF
category: Ointment base.
Lanolin Alcohols: Hard, waxy, amber solid, having a characteristic
odor. Insoluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in
chloroform, in ether, and in petroleum ether. NF category: Emulsifying
and/or solubilizing agent.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Medroxyprogesterone Acetate: White to off-white, odorless, crystalline powder. Melts at about 205. Is stable in air. Insoluble in water;
freely soluble in chloroform; soluble in acetone and in dioxane; sparingly soluble in alcohol and in methanol; slightly soluble in ether.
Mefenamic Acid: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Melts at
about 230, with decomposition. Soluble in solutions of alkali hydroxides; sparingly soluble in chloroform; slightly soluble in alcohol and in
methanol; practically insoluble in water.
Mefloquine Hydrochloride: White or slightly yellow, crystalline powder. It exhibits polymorphism. Freely soluble in methanol; soluble in
alcohol; very slightly soluble in water.
Megestrol Acetate: White to creamy white, tasteless and essentially
odorless, crystalline powder. Insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in
alcohol; slightly soluble in ether and in fixed oils; soluble in acetone;
very soluble in chloroform. Is unstable under aqueous conditions at
pH 7 or above.
Meglumine: White to faintly yellowish-white, odorless crystals or
powder. Freely soluble in water; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Melengestrol Acetate: White to light yellow, crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in chloroform and in ethyl acetate; slightly soluble in alcohol;
insoluble in water.
Meloxicam: Pale yellow powder. Soluble in dimethylformamide;
slightly soluble in acetone; very slightly soluble in methanol and in
alcohol; practically insoluble in water.
Melphalan: Off-white to buff powder, having a faint odor. Melts at
about 180, with decomposition. Practically insoluble in water, in chloroform, and in ether; soluble in dilute mineral acids; slightly soluble in
alcohol and in methanol.
Menadiol Sodium Diphosphate: White to pink powder, having a characteristic odor. Is hygroscopic. Its solutions are neutral or slightly alkaline to litmus, having a pH of about 8. Very soluble in water; insoluble
in alcohol.
Menadione: Bright yellow, crystalline, practically odorless powder. Is
affected by sunlight. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in vegetable
oils; sparingly soluble in chloroform and in alcohol.
Menthol: Colorless, hexagonal crystals, usually needle-like, or in
fused masses, or crystalline powder. Has a pleasant, peppermint-like
odor. Slightly soluble in water; very soluble in alcohol, in chloroform,
in ether, and in solvent hexane; freely soluble in glacial acetic acid,
in mineral oil, and in fixed and volatile oils. NF category: Flavors and
perfumes.
Meperidine Hydrochloride: Fine, white, crystalline, odorless powder.
The pH of a solution (1 in 20) is about 5. Very soluble in water; soluble
in alcohol; sparingly soluble in ether.
Mephobarbital: White, odorless, crystalline powder, having a bitter
taste. Its saturated solution is acid to litmus. Slightly soluble in water,
in alcohol, and in ether; soluble in chloroform and in solutions of fixed
alkali hydroxides and carbonates.
Mepivacaine Hydrochloride: White, odorless, crystalline solid. The pH
of a solution (1 in 50) is about 4.5. Freely soluble in water and in methanol; very slightly soluble in chloroform; practically insoluble in ether.
Meprobamate: White powder, having a characteristic odor and a bitter
taste. Slightly soluble in water; freely soluble in acetone and in alcohol;
practically insoluble or insoluble in ether.
Mercaptopurine: Yellow, odorless or practically odorless, crystalline
powder. Melts at a temperature exceeding 308, with decomposition.
Insoluble in water, in acetone, and in ether; soluble in hot alcohol and
in dilute alkali solutions; slightly soluble in 2 N sulfuric acid.
Ammoniated Mercury: White, pulverulent pieces or white, amorphous powder. Is odorless, and is stable in air, but darkens on exposure to light. Insoluble in water, and in alcohol; readily soluble in warm
hydrochloric, nitric, and acetic acids.
Meropenem: Colorless to white crystals. Soluble in dimethylformamide and in 5% dibasic potassium phosphate solution; sparingly
soluble in water and in 5% monobasic potassium phosphate solution;
very slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone and in
ether.
Mesalamine: Light tan to pink colored, needle-shaped crystals. Color
may darken on exposure to air. Is odorless or may have a slight characteristic odor. Slightly soluble in water; very slightly soluble in methanol,
in dehydrated alcohol, and in acetone; practically insoluble in n-butyl
alcohol, in chloroform, in ether, in ethyl acetate, in n-hexane, in methylene chloride, and in n-propyl alcohol; soluble in dilute hydrochloric
acid and in dilute alkali hydroxides.
Mesoridazine Besylate: White to pale yellowish powder, having not
more than a faint odor. Melts at about 178, with decomposition. Freely
soluble in water, in chloroform, and in methanol.
Mestranol: White to creamy white, odorless, crystalline powder. Insoluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform; soluble in dioxane; sparingly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; slightly soluble in methanol.
Metaproterenol Sulfate: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in water.
Metformin Hydrochloride: White, crystalline powder. Freely soluble
in water; slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone
and in methylene chloride.
Methacholine Chloride: Colorless or white crystals, or white, crystalline powder. Is odorless or has a slight odor, and is very hygroscopic.
Its solutions are neutral to litmus. Very soluble in water; freely soluble
in alcohol and in chloroform.
Methacrylic Acid Copolymer: White powder having a faint, characteristic odor. The polymer is soluble in diluted alkali, in simulated
intestinal fluid TS, and in buffer solutions of pH 7 and above. The solubility between pH 5.5 and pH 7 depends on the content of methacrylic
acid units in the copolymer. The polymer is soluble to freely soluble
in methanol, in alcohol, in isopropyl alcohol, and in acetone, each of
which contains not less than 3% of water insoluble in water, in diluted
acids, in simulated gastric fluid TS, and in buffer solutions of up to pH
5. NF category: Coating agent.
Methacrylic Acid Copolymer Dispersion: Milky-white liquid of low
viscosity. It is miscible with water in any proportion; the milky-white
appearance is retained. A clear or slightly opalescent, viscous solution
is obtained on mixing one part with five parts of acetone, alcohol, or
isopropyl alcohol; the polymer substance is first precipitated, but then
dissolves in the excess organic solvent. A clear or slightly opalescent,
viscous solution is obtained on mixing one part with two parts of 1 N
sodium hydroxide.
Methacycline Hydrochloride: Yellow to dark yellow, crystalline powder. Soluble in water.
Methadone Hydrochloride: Colorless crystals or white, crystalline,
odorless powder. Soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol and in
chloroform; practically insoluble in ether and in glycerin.
Methadone Hydrochloride Oral Concentrate: Clear to slightly hazy,
syrupy liquid.
Methamphetamine Hydrochloride: White crystals or white, crystalline
powder. Is odorless or practically so. Its solutions have a pH of about
6. Freely soluble in water, in alcohol, and in chloroform; very slightly
soluble in absolute ether.
Methazolamide: White or faintly yellow, crystalline powder having a
slight odor. Melts at about 213. Very slightly soluble in water and in
alcohol; soluble in dimethylformamide; slightly soluble in acetone.
Methdilazine Hydrochloride: Light tan, crystalline powder, having a
slight, characteristic odor. Freely soluble in water, in alcohol, and in
chloroform.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Methenamine: Colorless, lustrous crystals or white, crystalline powder. Is practically odorless. When brought into contact with fire, it
readily ignites, burning with a smokeless flame. It sublimes at about
260, without melting. Its solutions are alkaline to litmus. Freely soluble
in water; soluble in alcohol and in chloroform.
Methenamine Mandelate: White, crystalline powder. Has a sour taste
and is practically odorless. Its solutions have a pH of about 4. Melts at
about 127, with decomposition. Very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; slightly soluble in ether.
Methimazole: White to pale buff, crystalline powder, having a faint,
characteristic odor. Its solutions are practically neutral to litmus. Freely
soluble in water, in alcohol, and in chloroform; slightly soluble in
ether.
Methionine: White crystals, having a characteristic odor and taste.
Soluble in water, in warm dilute alcohol, and in dilute mineral acids;
insoluble in ether, in absolute alcohol, in benzene, and in acetone
( l-form).
Methocarbamol: White powder, odorless, or having a slight characteristic odor. Melts at about 94, or, if previously ground to a fine
powder, melts at about 90. Sparingly soluble in water and in chloroform; soluble in alcohol only with heating; insoluble in benzene and
in n-hexane.
Methohexital: White to faintly yellowish-white, crystalline, odorless
powder. Very slightly soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol, in
chloroform, and in dilute alkalies.
Methohexital Sodium for Injection: White to off-white, hygroscopic
powder. Is essentially odorless.
Methotrexate: Orange-brown, or yellow, crystalline powder. Practically insoluble in water, in alcohol, in chloroform, and in ether; freely
soluble in dilute solutions of alkali hydroxides and carbonates; slightly
soluble in 6 N hydrochloric acid.
Methotrimeprazine: Fine, white, practically odorless, crystalline powder. Melts at about 126. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble
in chloroform and in ether; sparingly soluble in methanol. Is sparingly
soluble in alcohol at 25, but is freely soluble in boiling alcohol.
Methoxsalen: White to cream-colored, fluffy, needle-like crystals. Is
odorless. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform;
soluble in boiling alcohol, in acetone, in acetic acid, in propylene glycol, and in benzene; sparingly soluble in boiling water and in ether.
Methoxsalen Topical Solution: Clear, colorless liquid.
Methoxyflurane: Clear, practically colorless, mobile liquid, having
a characteristic odor. Boils at about 105. Miscible with alcohol, with
acetone, with chloroform, with ether, and with fixed oils.
Methsuximide: White to grayish white, crystalline powder. Is odorless,
or has not more than a slight odor. Slightly soluble in hot water; very
soluble in chloroform; freely soluble in alcohol and in ether.
Methyclothiazide: White or practically white, crystalline powder. Is
odorless, or has a slight odor. Very slightly soluble in water, in chloroform, and in benzene; freely soluble in acetone and in pyridine; sparingly soluble in methanol; slightly soluble in alcohol.
Methyl Alcohol: Clear, colorless liquid, having a characteristic odor. Is
flammable. Miscible with water, with alcohol, with ether, with benzene,
and with most other organic solvents. NF category: Solvent.
Methyl Benzylidene Camphor: A white, fine crystalline powder. Very
soluble in chloroform; freely soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble
in water.
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone: Transparent, colorless, mobile, volatile liquid,
having a faint ketonic and camphoraceous odor. Slightly soluble in water; miscible with alcohol, with ether, and with benzene. NF category:
Alcohol denaturant; solvent.
Methyl Salicylate: Colorless, yellowish, or reddish liquid, having the
characteristic odor and taste of wintergreen. It boils between 219 and
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Nizatidine: Off-white to buff crystalline solid. Freely soluble in chloroform; soluble in methanol; sparingly soluble in water.
Nonoxynol 9: Clear, colorless to light yellow, viscous liquid. Soluble in
water, in alcohol, and in corn oil. NF category: Wetting and/or solubilizing agent.
Norepinephrine Bitartrate: White or faintly gray, odorless, crystalline
powder. Slowly darkens on exposure to air and light. Its solutions are
acid to litmus, having a pH of about 3.5. Freely soluble in water; slightly
soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Melts between 98 and 104, without previous drying of the specimen,
the melt being turbid.
Norepinephrine Bitartrate Injection: Colorless or practically colorless
liquid, gradually turning dark on exposure to air and light.
Norethindrone: White to creamy white, odorless, crystalline powder.
Is stable in air. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in chloroform and
in dioxane; sparingly soluble in alcohol; slightly soluble in ether.
Norethindrone Acetate: White to creamy white, odorless, crystalline
powder. Practically insoluble in water; very soluble in chloroform;
freely soluble in dioxane; soluble in ether and in alcohol.
Norethynodrel: White or practically white, odorless, crystalline powder. Melts at about 175, over a range of about 3. Is stable in air. Very
slightly soluble in water and in solvent hexane; freely soluble in chloroform; soluble in acetone; sparingly soluble in alcohol.
Norfloxacin: White to pale yellow, crystalline powder. Sensitive to
light and moisture. Slightly soluble in acetone, in water, and in alcohol; freely soluble in acetic acid; sparingly soluble in chloroform; very
slightly soluble in methanol and in ethyl acetate; insoluble in ether.
Norgestimate: White to pale yellow powder. Freely to very soluble
in methylene chloride; insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in
acetonitrile.
Norgestrel: White or practically white, practically odorless, crystalline
powder. Insoluble in water; freely soluble in chloroform; sparingly
soluble in alcohol.
Nortriptyline Hydrochloride: White to off-white powder, having a
slight, characteristic odor. Its solution (1 in 100) has a pH of about 5.
Soluble in water and in chloroform; sparingly soluble in methanol;
practically insoluble in ether, in benzene, and in most other organic
solvents.
Noscapine: Fine, white or practically white, crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in chloroform; soluble in acetone; slightly soluble in alcohol
and in ether; practically insoluble in water.
Novobiocin Calcium: White or yellowish-white, odorless, crystalline
powder. Slightly soluble in water and in ether; freely soluble in alcohol
and in methanol; sparingly soluble in acetone and in butyl acetate;
very slightly soluble in chloroform.
Novobiocin Sodium: White or yellowish-white, odorless, hygroscopic,
crystalline powder. Freely soluble in water, in alcohol, in methanol, in
glycerin, and in propylene glycol; slightly soluble in butyl acetate; practically insoluble in acetone, in chloroform, and in ether.
Nystatin: Yellow to light tan powder, having an odor suggestive of
cereals. Is hygroscopic, and is affected by long exposure to light, heat,
and air. Freely soluble in dimethylformamide and in dimethyl sulfoxide;
slightly to sparingly soluble in methanol, in n-propyl alcohol, and in nbutyl alcohol; practically insoluble in water and in alcohol; insoluble in
chloroform and in ether.
Octoxynol 9: Clear, pale yellow, viscous liquid, having a faint odor
and a bitter taste. Miscible with water, with alcohol, and with acetone.
Soluble in benzene and in toluene; practically insoluble in solvent hexane. NF category: Wetting and/or solubilizing agent.
Octyldodecanol: Clear water-white, free-flowing liquid. Soluble in alcohol and in ether; insoluble in water. NF category: Vehicle (oleaginous).
Octyl Methoxycinnamate: Pale yellow oil. Insoluble in water.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Approximate Congealing
Temperature ()
300
11
400 6
600 20
900 34
1000 38
1450 44
3350 56
4500 58
8000 60
Polyethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether: Polyethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether is usually designated by a number that corresponds approximately to its average molecular weight. As the average molecular
weight increases, the water solubility, vapor pressure, hygroscopicity,
and solubility in organic solvents decrease, while congealing temperature, specific gravity, flash point, and viscosity increase. Liquid grades
occur as clear to slightly hazy, colorless or practically colorless, slightly
hygroscopic, viscous liquids, having a slight, characteristic odor, and
a specific gravity at 25 of about 1.09 1.10. Solid grades occur as
practically odorless and tasteless, white, waxy, plastic material having
a consistency similar to beeswax, or as creamy white flakes, beads, or
powders. The accompanying table states the approximate congealing
temperatures that are characteristic of commonly available grades.
Liquid grades are miscible with water; solid grades are freely soluble
in water; and all are soluble in acetone, in alcohol, in chloroform, in
ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, in ethyl acetate, and in toluene; all
are insoluble in ether and in hexane. NF category: Ointment base;
solvent; plasticizer.
350
550
750
1000
2000
5000
8000
10000
7
17
28
35
51
59
60
61
Approximate
Molecular Weight
0,100,000 40
0,200,000 100
0,300,000 800
0,400,000 3000
0,600,000 6000
0,900,000
15000
4,000,000
5,000,000
1% Solution
3500
5500
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Approximate Congealing
Temperature ()
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Purified Siliceous Earth: Very fine, white, light gray, or pale buff
mixture of amorphous powder and lesser amounts of crystalline
polymorphs, including quartz and cristobalite. Is gritty, readily absorbs
moisture, and retains about four times its weight of water without becoming fluid. Insoluble in water, in acids, and in dilute solutions of the
alkali hydroxides. NF category: Filtering aid; sorbent.
Silicon Dioxide: Fine, white, hygroscopic, odorless, amorphous powder, in which the diameter of the average particles ranges between 2
and 10 m. Insoluble in water, in alcohol, and in other organic solvents;
soluble in hot solutions of alkali hydroxides. NF category: Desiccant;
suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Colloidal Silicon Dioxide: Light, white, nongritty powder of extremely
fine particle size (about 15 nm). Insoluble in water and in acid (except
hydrofluoric); soluble in hot solutions of alkali hydroxides. NF category: Glidant and/or anticaking agent; suspending and/or viscosityincreasing agent.
Silver Nitrate: Colorless or white crystals. The pH of its solutions is
about 5.5. On exposure to light in the presence of organic matter, it
becomes gray or grayish black. Very soluble in water and even more so
in boiling water; sparingly soluble in alcohol; freely soluble in boiling
alcohol; slightly soluble in ether.
Toughened Silver Nitrate: White, crystalline masses generally molded
as pencils or cones. It breaks with a fibrous fracture. Its solutions are
neutral to litmus. It becomes gray or grayish black upon exposure
to light. Soluble in water to the extent of its nitrate content (there is
always a residue of silver chloride). Partially soluble in alcohol; slightly
soluble in ether.
Simethicone: Translucent, gray, viscous fluid. The liquid phase is
soluble in chloroform, in ether, and in benzene, but silicon dioxide remains as a residue in these solvents. Insoluble in water and in alcohol.
NF category: Antifoaming agent; water repelling agent.
Simvastatin: White to off-white powder. Practically insoluble in water;
freely soluble in chloroform, in methanol, and in alcohol; sparingly
soluble in propylene glycol; very slightly soluble in hexane.
Smallpox Vaccine: Liquid Vaccine is a turbid, whitish to greenish
suspension, which may have a slight odor due to the antimicrobial
agent. Dried Vaccine is a yellow to grayish pellet, which may or may
not become fragmented when shaken.
Soda Lime: White or grayish-white granules. May have a color if an
indicator has been added. NF category: Sorbent, carbon dioxide.
Sodium Acetate: Colorless, transparent crystals, or white, granular
crystalline powder, or white flakes. Is odorless or has a faint acetous
odor, and has a slightly bitter, saline taste. Is efflorescent in warm, dry
air. Very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol. NF category: Buffering
agent.
Sodium Alginate: Practically odorless and tasteless, coarse or fine
powder, yellowish white in color. Soluble in water, forming a viscous,
colloidal solution; insoluble in alcohol and in hydroalcoholic solutions
in which the alcohol content is greater than about 30% by weight;
insoluble in chloroform, in ether, and in acids when the pH of the resulting solution becomes lower than about 3. NF category: Suspending
and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Sodium Ascorbate: White or very faintly yellow crystals or crystalline
powder. Is odorless or practically odorless. Is relatively stable in air.
On exposure to light it gradually darkens. Freely soluble in water; very
slightly soluble in alcohol; insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Sodium Benzoate: White, odorless or practically odorless, granular
or crystalline powder. Is stable in air. Freely soluble in water; sparingly
soluble in alcohol and somewhat more soluble in 90% alcohol. NF
category: Antimicrobial preservative.
Sodium Bicarbonate: White, crystalline powder. Is stable in dry air, but
slowly decomposes in moist air. Its solutions, when freshly prepared
with cold water, without shaking, are alkaline to litmus. The alkalinity
increases as the solutions stand, as they are agitated, or as they are
heated. Soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol. NF category: Alkalizing
agent.
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
P
S
0
0
2
U
9
Stearyl Alcohol: Unctuous, white flakes or granules. Has a faint, characteristic odor and a bland, mild taste. Insoluble in water; soluble in
alcohol and in ether. NF category: Stiffening agent.
Storax: Semiliquid, grayish to grayish-brown, sticky, opaque mass
depositing on standing a heavy dark brown layer (Levant Storax);
or semisolid, sometimes a solid mass, softened by gently warming
(American Storax). Is transparent in thin layers, has a characteristic
odor and taste, and is more dense than water. Insoluble in water;
soluble, usually incompletely, in an equal weight of warm alcohol;
soluble in acetone, in carbon disulfide, and in ether, some insoluble
residue usually remaining.
Streptomycin Sulfate: White or practically white powder. Is odorless
or has not more than a faint odor. Is hygroscopic, but is stable in air
and on exposure to light. Its solutions are acid to practically neutral to
litmus. Freely soluble in water; very slightly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform.
Streptomycin Sulfate Injection: Clear, colorless to yellow, viscous
liquid. Is odorless or has a slight odor.
Strontium Chloride: Colorless, odorless crystals or white granules. Effloresces in air; deliquesces in moist air. Very soluble in water; soluble
in alcohol.
Succinic Acid: White, odorless crystals. Soluble in water, in alcohol,
and in glycerin; freely soluble in boiling water. NF category: Buffering
agent.
Succinylcholine Chloride: White, odorless, crystalline powder. Its
solutions have a pH of about 4. The dihydrate form melts at about 160;
the anhydrous form melts at about 190, and is hygroscopic. Freely
soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; practically insoluble in ether.
Sucralose: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in
water, in methanol, and in alcohol; slightly soluble in ethyl acetate. NF
category: Sweetening agent.
Sucrose: White, crystalline powder or lustrous, dry, colorless or white
crystals. Very soluble in water; slightly soluble in alcohol; practically
insoluble in dehydrated alcohol. NF category: Coating agent; sweetening agent; tablet and/or capsule diluent.
Sucrose Octaacetate: White, practically odorless powder, having an
intensely bitter taste. Is hygroscopic. Very slightly soluble in water; very
soluble in methanol and in chloroform; soluble in alcohol and in ether.
NF category: Alcohol denaturant.
Sufentanil Citrate: White powder. Soluble in water; freely soluble in
methanol; sparingly soluble in acetone, in alcohol, and in chloroform.
Melts between 133 and 140.
Compressible Sugar: Practically white, crystalline, odorless powder,
having a sweet taste. Is stable in air. The sucrose portion of Compressible Sugar is very soluble in water. NF category: Sweetening agent;
tablet and/or capsule diluent.
Confectioners Sugar: Fine, white, odorless powder, having a sweet
taste. Is stable in air. The sucrose portion of Confectioners Sugar is
soluble in cold water. Confectioners Sugar is freely soluble in boiling
water. NF category: Sweetening agent; tablet and/or capsule diluent.
Sugar Spheres: Hard, brittle, free-flowing, spherical masses ranging
generally in size from 10- to 60-mesh. Usually white, but may be colored. Solubility in water varies according to the sugar-to-starch ratio.
NF category: Vehicle (solid carrier).
Sulbactam Sodium: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Freely
soluble in water and in dilute acid; sparingly soluble in acetone, in
ethyl acetate, and in chloroform.
Sulconazole Nitrate: White to off-white, crystalline powder. Melts
at about 130, with decomposition. Very slightly soluble in water, in
toluene, and in dioxane; slightly soluble in alcohol, in chloroform, in
acetone, and in methylene chloride; sparingly soluble in methanol;
freely soluble in pyridine.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Tartaric Acid: Colorless or translucent crystals or white, fine to granular, crystalline powder. Is odorless, has an acid taste, and is stable in air.
Very soluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol. NF category: Acidifying
agent.
Taurine: White crystals or crystalline powder. Soluble in water.
Tazobactam: White to pale yellow, nonhygroscopic, crystalline powder. Soluble in dimethylformamide; slightly soluble in water, in methanol, in acetone, and in alcohol; very slightly soluble in ethyl acetate, in
ethyl ether, and in chloroform; insoluble in hexane.
Technetium Tc 99m Aggregated Albumin Injection: Milky suspension,
from which particles settle upon standing.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Testosterone Propionate: White or creamy white crystals or crystalline powder. Is odorless and is stable in air. Insoluble in water; freely
soluble in alcohol, in dioxane, in ether, and in other organic solvents;
soluble in vegetable oils.
Tetanus Immune Globulin: Transparent or slightly opalescent liquid,
practically colorless and practically odorless. May develop a slight
granular deposit during storage.
Tetanus Toxoid: Clear, colorless to brownish-yellow, or slightly turbid
liquid, free from evident clumps or particles, having a characteristic
odor or an odor of formaldehyde.
Tetanus Toxoid Adsorbed: Turbid, white, slightly gray, or slightly pink
suspension, free from evident clumps after shaking.
Tetanus and Diphtheria Toxoids Adsorbed for Adult Use: Turbid,
white, slightly gray, or cream-colored suspension, free from evident
clumps after shaking.
Tetracaine: White or light yellow, waxy solid. Very slightly soluble in
water; soluble in alcohol, in ether, in benzene, and in chloroform.
Tetracaine Hydrochloride: Fine, white, crystalline, odorless powder.
Has a slightly bitter taste followed by a sense of numbness. Its solutions are neutral to litmus. Melts at about 148, or may occur in either
of two other polymorphic modifications that melt at about 134 and
139, respectively. Mixtures of the forms may melt within the range of
134 to 147. Is hygroscopic. Very soluble in water; soluble in alcohol;
insoluble in ether and in benzene.
Tetracycline: Yellow, odorless, crystalline powder. Is stable in air, but
exposure to strong sunlight causes it to darken. It loses potency in
solutions of pH below 2, and is rapidly destroyed by alkali hydroxide
solutions. Very slightly soluble in water; freely soluble in dilute acid
and in alkali hydroxide solutions; sparingly soluble in alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
P
S
Thioguanine: Pale yellow, odorless or practically odorless, crystalline powder. Insoluble in water, in alcohol, and in chloroform; freely
soluble in dilute solutions of alkali hydroxides.
Thiopental Sodium: White to off-white, crystalline powder, or yellowish-white to pale greenish-yellow, hygroscopic powder. May have
a disagreeable odor. Its solutions are alkaline to litmus. Its solutions
decompose on standing, and on boiling precipitation occurs. Soluble
in water and in alcohol; insoluble in benzene, in absolute ether, and in
solvent hexane.
U
9
0
0
2
Thiopental Sodium for Injection: White to off-white, crystalline powder, or yellowish-white to pale greenish-yellow, hygroscopic powder.
May have a disagreeable odor. Its solutions are alkaline to litmus.
Its solutions decompose on standing, and on boiling precipitation
occurs.
Thioridazine: White to slightly yellow, crystalline or micronized
powder, odorless or having a faint odor. Practically insoluble in water;
freely soluble in dehydrated alcohol and in ether; very soluble in
chloroform.
Thioridazine Hydrochloride: White to slightly yellow, granular powder, having a faint odor and a very bitter taste. Freely soluble in water,
in methanol, and in chloroform; insoluble in ether.
Thalidomide: White to off-white powder. Very soluble in dimethylformamide, in dioxane, and in pyridine; sparingly soluble in acetone,
in butyl acetate, in ethanol, in ethyl acetate, in glacial acetic acid, in
methanol, and in water; practically insoluble in benzene, in chloroform, and in ether.
Thiostrepton: White to off-white, crystalline solid. Practically insoluble in water, in the lower alcohols, in nonpolar organic solvents,
and in dilute aqueous acids or alkali; soluble in glacial acetic acid, in
chloroform, in dimethylformamide, in dimethyl sulfoxide, in dioxane,
and in pyridine.
Tolbutamide Sodium: White to off-white, practically odorless, crystalline powder, having a slightly bitter taste. Freely soluble in water;
soluble in alcohol and in chloroform; very slightly soluble in ether.
Titanium Dioxide: White, odorless, tasteless powder. Its 1 in 10 suspension in water is neutral to litmus. Insoluble in water, in hydrochloric acid, in nitric acid, and in 2 N sulfuric acid. Dissolves in hydrofluoric
acid and in hot sulfuric acid. Is rendered soluble by fusion with potassium bisulfate or with alkali carbonates or hydroxides. NF category:
Coating agent.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
P
S
Triclosan: Fine, whitish, crystalline powder. Melts at about 57. Practically insoluble in water; soluble in methanol, in alcohol, and in acetone; slightly soluble in hexane.
Tromethamine: White, crystalline powder, having a slight, characteristic odor. Freely soluble in water and in low molecular weight aliphatic
alcohols; practically insoluble in chloroform, in benzene, and in carbon tetrachloride.
Triethyl Citrate: Practically colorless, oily liquid. Soluble in water; miscible with alcohol and with ether. NF category: Plasticizer.
Trifluoperazine Hydrochloride: White to pale yellow, crystalline powder. Is practically odorless, and has a bitter taste. Melts at about 242,
with decomposition. Freely soluble in water; soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble in chloroform; insoluble in ether and in benzene.
U
9
0
0
2
Triflupromazine: Viscous, light amber-colored, oily liquid, which crystallizes on prolonged standing into large, irregular crystals. Practically
insoluble in water.
Triflupromazine Hydrochloride: White to pale tan, crystalline powder, having a slight, characteristic odor. Melts between 170 and 178.
Soluble in water, in alcohol, and in acetone; insoluble in ether.
Tuberculin: Old Tuberculin is a clear, brownish liquid, which is readily miscible with water and has a characteristic odor. Purified Protein
Derivative (PPD) of Tuberculin is a very slightly opalescent, colorless
solution. Old Tuberculin and PPD concentrates contain 50% of glycerin
for use with various application devices. Old Tuberculin and PPD are
also dried on the tines of multiple-puncture devices.
Trimeprazine Tartrate: White to off-white, odorless, crystalline powder. Freely soluble in water and in chloroform; soluble in alcohol; very
slightly soluble in ether and in benzene.
Urea: Colorless to white, prismatic crystals, or white, crystalline powder, or small white pellets. Is practically odorless, but may gradually
develop a slight odor of ammonia upon long standing. Its solutions are
neutral to litmus. Freely soluble in water and in boiling alcohol; practically insoluble in chloroform and in ether.
Ursodiol: White or almost white, crystalline powder. Practically insoluble in water; freely soluble in alcohol and in glacial acetic acid;
sparingly soluble in chloroform; slightly soluble in ether.
Vinorelbine Tartrate: White to yellow or light brown, amorphous powder. Freely soluble in water.
Sterile Vancomycin Hydrochloride: Tan to brown, free-flowing powder, odorless and having a bitter taste. Freely soluble in water; insoluble in ether and in chloroform.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
Vitamin E Preparation: The liquid forms are clear, yellow to brownish red, viscous oils. The solid forms are white to tan-white granular
powders. The liquid forms are insoluble in water; soluble in alcohol;
miscible with ether, with acetone, with vegetable oils, and with chloroform. The solid forms disperse in water to give cloudy suspensions.
Warfarin Sodium: White, odorless, amorphous or crystalline powder,
having a slightly bitter taste. Is discolored by light. Very soluble in
water; freely soluble in alcohol; very slightly soluble in chloroform and
in ether.
Water for Injection: Clear, colorless, odorless liquid. NF category:
Solvent.
Bacteriostatic Water for Injection: Clear, colorless liquid, odorless or
having the odor of the antimicrobial substance. NF category: Vehicle
(sterile).
Sterile Water for Inhalation: Clear, colorless solution.
Sterile Water for Injection: Clear, colorless, odorless liquid. NF category: Solvent.
Sterile Water for Irrigation: Clear, colorless, odorless liquid. NF category: Solvent.
Purified Water: Clear, colorless, odorless liquid. NF category: Solvent.
Carnauba Wax: Light brown to pale yellow, moderately coarse powder
or flakes, possessing a characteristic bland odor, and free from rancidity. Specific gravity is about 0.99. Insoluble in water; freely soluble in
warm benzene; soluble in warm chloroform and in warm toluene;
slightly soluble in boiling alcohol. NF category: Coating agent.
Emulsifying Wax: Creamy white, wax-like solid, having a mild, characteristic odor. Insoluble in water; freely soluble in ether, in chloroform,
in most hydrocarbon solvents, and in aerosol propellants; soluble in
alcohol. NF category: Emulsifying and/or solubilizing agent; stiffening
agent.
Microcrystalline Wax: White or cream-colored, odorless, waxy solid.
Insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in dehydrated alcohol; soluble in
chloroform, in ether, in volatile oils, and in most warm fixed oils. NF
category: Coating agent.
Section 13, Reference Tables S3/128
White Wax: Yellowish-white solid, somewhat translucent in thin layers. Has a faint, characteristic odor, and is free from rancidity. Specific
gravity is about 0.95. Insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in cold alcohol. Boiling alcohol dissolves the cerotic acid and a portion of the
myricin, which are constituents of White Wax. Completely soluble in
chloroform, in ether, and in fixed and volatile oils. Partly soluble in
cold benzene and in cold carbon disulfide; completely soluble in these
liquids at about 30. NF category: Stiffening agent.
Yellow Wax: Solid varying in color from yellow to grayish brown. Has
an agreeable, honey-like odor. Is somewhat brittle when cold, and
presents a dull, granular, noncrystalline fracture when broken. It becomes pliable from the heat of the hand. Specific gravity is about 0.95.
Insoluble in water; sparingly soluble in cold alcohol. Boiling alcohol
dissolves the cerotic acid and a portion of the myricin, that are constituents of Yellow Wax. Completely soluble in chloroform, in ether,
in fixed oils, and in volatile oils; partly soluble in cold benzene and in
cold carbon disulfide; completely soluble in these liquids at about 30.
NF category: Stiffening agent.
Wheat Bran: Light tan powder having a characteristic aroma. Practically insoluble in cold water and in alcohol. Available in a variety of
particle sizes depending upon the degree of milling to which it is
subjected. Color and flavor development variable, depending on the
extent to which it is heat-stabilized.
Xanthan Gum: Cream-colored powder. Its solutions in water are neutral to litmus. Soluble in hot or cold water. NF category: Suspending
and/or viscosity-increasing agent.
Xenon Xe 127: Clear, colorless gas.
Xenon Xe 133 Injection: Clear, colorless solution.
Xylometazoline Hydrochloride: White to off-white, odorless, crystalline powder. Melts above 300, with decomposition. Soluble in water;
freely soluble in alcohol; sparingly soluble in chloroform; practically
insoluble in benzene and in ether.
Xylose: Colorless needles or white, crystalline powder. Is odorless,
and has a slightly sweet taste. Very soluble in water; slightly soluble in
alcohol.
Yellow Fever Vaccine: Slightly dull, light-orange colored, flaky or crustlike, desiccated mass.
P
S
U
9
0
0
2
AbbreAlcoh
A
Abbreviations , 22
medication error prevention ,1186
Abbreviations can lead to medication errors!
abbreviations, 1186
medication error prevention ,1186
Acacia , 53
syrup, 53
Acarbose , S1/3
Accreditation
Pharmacy Compounding Accreditation Board,
1151
Acebutolol hydrochloride , 53
Acepromazine maleate , 53
Acesulfame potassium , 377, 53
Acetaldehyde , 387
diethyl acetal , 387
Acetaminophen , 53
Acetanisole , 387
Acetate buffer,1480
Acetazolamide , 54
oral suspension, 54
Acetic acid , 54
diluted , 54
glacial , 55
Acetohexamide , 55
Acetohydroxamic acid , 55
Acetoin (dimer) , 387
Acetone , 55
Acetophenone , 387
3-Acetyl-2,5-dimethyl furan , 387
Acetylcholine chloride , 55
Acetylcysteine , 55
2-Acetylpyrazine , 388
3-Acetylpyridine , 388
2-Acetylpyrrole , 388
2-Acetyl thiazole , 388
Acetyltributyl citrate , 55
Acetyltriethyl citrate , 56
Acid
Alginic, 377
alpha Lipoic ,1011
Butyric , 395
Cinnamic , 397
dehydroacetic , S2/5
Hexanoic , 415
Isobutyric , 422
Isovaleric , 422
Levulinic , 423
Linoleic , 382
2-Mercaptopropionic , 425
2-Methyl-2-pentenoic , 430
2-Methylbutyric , 431
2-Methylpentanoic , 432
4-Methylpentanoic , 432
Myristic , 383
Nonanoic , 434
Palmitic , 384
Phenylacetic , 439
Phthalate buffer,1479
Valeric , 447
Acitretin , S1/3
capsules , S1/3
Acyclovir, 56
Additional resources
animal toxins list, 696
FrequentlyAsked Questions about USP and USP
standards ,11
important veterinary contacts , 689
poison control center directories , 689,1194
Ademetionine disulfate tosylate ,1004
Adenine , 56
Adenosine , 56
Adipic acid , 56
INDEX
S3/130
AlcohAntic
Allyl isothiocyanate , 60
Almond oil, 60
Aloe , 60
Alpha lipoic acid ,1011
Alprazolam , S2/3, 60
oral suspension , 60
Alprostadil , 61
An Alternative Methodology for the GeneralTest
Chapter Microbial LimitTests h61i
Casey,W.M., Heath, J., Hughes, K., and Goodwin, J.,
1348
Altretamine , 61
Alum
ammonium, 61
potassium , 61
Aluminum
acetate topical solution, 61
chloride , 62
chlorohydrate , 62
chlorohydrex polyethylene glycol , 62
chlorohydrex propylene glycol , 62
dichlorohydrate , 62
dichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol , 62
dichlorohydrex propylene glycol , 62
monostearate , 63
sesquichlorohydrate , 63
sesquichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol , 63
sesquichlorohydrex propylene glycol , 63
subacetate topical solution , 63
sulfate , 64
zirconium octachlorohydrate , 64
zirconium octachlorohydrex gly, 64
zirconium pentachlorohydrate , 64
zirconium pentachlorohydrex gly, 64
zirconium tetrachlorohydrate , 64
zirconium tetrachlorohydrex gly, 64
zirconium trichlorohydrate , 65
zirconium trichlorohydrex gly, 65
Amantadine hydrochloride , 65
Ambulances
stability, 1344
storage ,1344
temperature ,1344
Amcinonide , 65
American Association of Poison Control Centers ,
689,1194
American ginseng ,1009
extract, powdered ,1009
powdered ,1009
Amifostine , 65
Amikacin , 65
sulfate , 66
Amiloride hydrochloride , 66
Amiloxate , 66
Aminobenzoate
potassium, 66
sodium , 66
Aminobenzoic acid , 66
Aminocaproic acid , 67
Aminoglutethimide , 67
Aminoglycosides (Systemic) , 468
Aminohippuric acid , 67
Amino methacrylate copolymer, 67
Aminopenicillins (Systemic) , 494
Aminopentamide sulfate , 67
Aminophylline , S3/25, 67
Aminosalicylate sodium, 68
Aminosalicylic acid , 68
Amitraz , 68
Amitriptyline hydrochloride , 68
Amlodipine besylate , 68
Ammonia solution, strong , 68
Ammonio methacrylate copolymer, 69
dispersion , 69
Ammonium
alum, 61
carbonate , 69
chloride , 69
citrate, ferric , 69
molybdate , 69
phosphate , 69
sulfate , 70
Ammonium alginate , 377
Amobarbital sodium, 70
Amodiaquine , 70
hydrochloride , 70
Amoxapine , 70
Amoxicillin, 70
and Clavulanate (Systemic) , 501
Amphetamine sulfate , 71
Amphotericin B , 71
Ampicillin , 71
sodium, 71
Amprolium , 71
Amyl
butyrate, 389
cinnamate , 389
formate , 390
heptanoate , 390
nitrite , 72
octanoate , 390
propionate , 390
1-Amyl alcohol , 389
-Amylcinnamaldehyde , 390
Amylene hydrate , 72
Analytical instrument qualication h1058i , S1/77
Anethole , 72, 390
Angustifolia
extract, powdered echinacea, 165
powdered echinacea ,166
Anhydrous
calsium phosphate, dibasic, 101
citric acid ,129
Anileridine , 72
hydrochloride , 72
Animal Medicinal Drug Use Clarication Act
Regulations Regarding Extra-Label Drug Use in
Animals, 686
Animal toxins , 696
Anise oil, 72
Anisole , 391
Anisyl
acetate, 391
alcohol , 391
formate , 391
Antazoline phosphate , 72
Anthralin , 73
Antibiotic index
veterinary monographs, 668
Anticoagulant
citrate dextrose solution, 73
INDEX
S3/131
AnticBenzo
B
Bacampicillin hydrochloride , 82
Bacitracin , S2/3, 82
methylene disalicylate, soluble , 83
zinc , S2/3, 83
Baclofen , 83
oral suspension , 83
Bacterial endotoxins test h85i , 718
Bailey, L.C., Brown, L.H., Medwick,T., Okeke, C.C.,
Krumperman, K., andTran, C.D.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Bailey, L.C., Grady, L.T., Medwick,T., and Okeke, C.C.
Temperature Fluctuations During Mail Order
Shipment of Pharmaceutical Articles Using
Mean KineticTemperatureApproach, 1339
Bares, D., Ahuja, E., Fagan, D.T., Hacche, L., Lenzie,W.,
and Murphy, J.
Compendial Standard for Subvisible Particulate
Matter in Ophthalmic Solutions: Results of an
Industry Collaborative Study and Proposed
Standards, 1376
Barium
hydroxide lime, 84
sulfate , 84
Basics of Compounding
Biotechnologic Preparations, 1134
Clinical Studies ,1137
Compounding Creams and Lotions ,1086
Compounding Gels ,1089
Compounding Medication Sticks ,1093
Compounding Ointments and Pastes ,1084
Compounding Powder-Filled Capsules ,1101
Compounding Solutions ,1114
Compounding Special Capsules ,1105
Compounding Suppositories: Part 1Theoretical
Considerations ,1096
Compounding Suppositories: Part 2
Extemporaneous Preparation ,1099
Compounding Hard, Soft and ChewableTroches/
Lozenges/Drops ,1108
Emulsions, Part 1,1121
Emulsions, Part 2 ,1124
Inhalation Preparations ,1116
Parenteral Preparations ,1129
Powders and Granules ,1119
Suspensions ,1136
Tablets and Pills ,1111
Basics of CompoundingBiotechnologic
Preparations
Allen, L.V., 1134
Basics of CompoundingClinical Studies
Allen, L.V., 1137
Basics of CompoundingCompounding Creams
and Lotions
Allen, L.V., 1086
Basics of CompoundingCompounding Gels
Allen, L.V., 1089
Basics of CompoundingCompounding
Medication Sticks
Allen, L.V., 1093
Basics of CompoundingCompounding
Ointments and Pastes
Allen, L.V., 1084
INDEX
S3/132
BenzoCapsa
Bormel, F.G., and Becker, S.C.
Proposed Standards for Medical Gases: A Public
Health Initiative, 1411
Bormel, F.G.,Valentino, J.G., and Williams, R.L.
Application of USPNF Standards to Pharmacy
Compounding, 1205
Borneol , 393
Bornyl acetate , 393
Botanical
extracts h565i, 1027
origin, identication of articles of h563i ,1020
Boylan, J.C.
Report and Recommendations from theWater and
Parenterals Subcommittee Meeting, October
1999Labeling, Injections, and Particulate
Matter, 1344
Bretylium tosylate , 94
Brinzolamide , 94
Bromide (Systemic) , 463
Bromocriptine mesylate , 94
Bromodiphenhydramine hydrochloride , 94
Brompheniramine maleate , 94
Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T., Okeke, C.C.,
Krumperman, K., andTran, C.D.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Budesonide , 95
Buffer
Acetate, 1480
Acid phthalate ,1479
Alkaline borate ,1480
Hydrochloric acid ,1479
Neutralized phthalate ,1479
Phosphate ,1479
Buffer solutions ,1479
Acetate buffer,1480
Acid phthalate buffer,1479
Alkaline borate buffer,1480
compounding ,1075
Hydrochloric acid buffer,1479
Neutralized phthalate buffer,1479
Phosphate buffer,1479
Bulk pharmaceutical excipientscerticate of
analysis h1080i , 884
Bumetanide , 95
Bupivacaine hydrochloride , S3/25, 95
Buprenorphine hydrochloride , 95
Bupropion hydrochloride , 95
Buspirone hydrochloride , 95
Busulfan , 96
Butabarbital , 96
sodium , 96
Butalbital , 96
Butamben , 96
Butan-3-one-2-yl butanoate , 394
Butane , 96
2-Butanone , 394
Butoconazole nitrate , 96
Butorphanol tartrate , 97
Butyl , 394
acetate , 394
alcohol , 57, 394
butyrate , 394
isobutyrate , 394
isovalerate , 395
2-methyl butyrate , 395
phenylacetate , 395
stearate , 395
Butylated
hydroxyanisole, 97
hydroxytoluene , 97
2-sec-Butyl cyclohexanone , 394
Butylparaben , 97
Butyraldehyde , 395
Butyric acid , 395
-Butyrolactone , 395
C
Cabergoline , S3/25
Caffeine , 97
Calamine , 97
topical suspension, 97
topical suspension, phenolated , 98
Calcifediol, 98
Calcitonin salmon , S2/4, 98
Calcitriol, 98
Calcium
acetate, 98
alginate , 377
ascorbate , 98
carbonate , 99
carbonate and magnesia chewable tablets , S1/4
chloride , 99
citrate , 99
disodium EDTA , 378
gluceptate , 99
gluconate , 99
glycerophosphate ,1004
hydroxide , 99
hydroxide topical solution ,100
lactate ,100
lactobionate ,100
levulinate ,100
pantothenate ,100
pantothenate, racemic ,101
phosphate, dibasic ,101
phosphate, anhydrous dibasic ,101
phosphate, tribasic ,101
polycarbophil ,101
saccharate ,101
saccharin (anhydrous) , 378
silicate ,101
stearate ,101
sulfate ,102
undecylenate ,102
Camphene , 395
Camphor,102
spirit ,102
D-Camphor, 396
Canadian Poison Control Centers , 694,1199
Candelilla wax , 378,102
Canola oil ,1004, 378
Capecitabine ,102
Capreomycin sulfate ,102
Caprylocaproyl polyoxylglycerides ,103
Capsaicin ,103
INDEX S3/133
CapsiChymo
-Carotene , 378
Carprofen ,111
Carrageenan ,111
Carteolol hydrochloride ,112
Carvacrol, 396
L-Carveol , 396
D-Carvone , 396
L-Carvone , 396
L-Carvyl acetate , 396
-Caryophyllene , 397
Cascara uidextract, aromatic ,112
Casey,W.M., Heath, J., Hughes, K., and Goodwin, J.
An Alternative Methodology for the GeneralTest
Chapter Microbial LimitTests h61i, 1348
Cassia oil, 378
Castor oil ,112
hydrogenated ,112
polyoxyl 35 , 288
Cats claw, S1/83
capsules , S1/83
extract, powdered , S1/83
powdered , S1/83
tablets , S1/83
Cefaclor,112
chewable tablets , S2/4
Cefadroxil,112
Cefamandole nafate ,113
Cefazolin,113
ophthalmic solution ,113
sodium ,114
Cefdinir, S3/28
capsules , S3/28
for oral suspension , S3/29
Cefepime hydrochloride ,114
Cexime ,114
Cefmenoxime hydrochloride ,114
Cefmetazole ,115
sodium ,115
Cefonicid sodium,115
Cefoperazone sodium,115
Ceforanide ,115
Cefotaxime sodium,116
Cefotetan ,116
disodium ,116
Cefotiam hydrochloride ,116
Cefoxitin sodium,117
Cefpiramide ,117
Cefpodoxime proxetil ,117
Cefprozil,117
Ceftazidime ,117
Ceftizoxime sodium,118
Ceftriaxone sodium,118
Cefuroxime
axetil, 118
sodium ,118
Cellaburate ,118
Cellacefate ,119
Cellulose
acetate, 119
microcrystalline ,119
microcrystalline and carboxymethylcellulose
sodium,119
oxidized ,119
oxidized regenerated ,120
powdered ,120
sodium phosphate ,120
Cephalexin ,120
hydrochloride ,120
Cephalosporins (Systemic) , 504
Cephalothin sodium,120
Cephapirin
benzathine, 121
sodium,121
Cephradine ,121
Cetostearyl alcohol ,121
Cetrimonium bromide ,121
Cetyl
alcohol, 121
esters wax ,122
palmitate ,122
Cetylpyridinium chloride ,122
Chamomile , S2/72,1004
Chapters, general, notices and requirements , 23
Charcoal, activated ,122
Chaste tree ,1004
powdered ,1004
powdered extract ,1004
Cherry
juice, 122
syrup,123
Chloral hydrate ,123
Chlorambucil ,123
Chloramphenicol ,123
palmitate ,123
sodium succinate ,123
(Systemic) , 526
Chlordiazepoxide ,124
hydrochloride ,124
Chloride
stannous, S2/11
Chlorobutanol ,124
Chlorocresol,124
Chlorophyllin copper complex sodium,124
Chloroprocaine hydrochloride ,124
Chloroquine ,124
phosphate ,125
Chlorothiazide ,125
Chloroxylenol,125
Chlorpheniramine maleate ,125
Chlorpromazine ,125
hydrochloride ,125
Chlorpropamide ,126
Chlortetracycline
bisulfate, 126
hydrochloride ,126
Chlorthalidone ,126
Chlorzoxazone ,126
Chocolate ,126
syrup,127
Cholecalciferol ,1004
Cholesterol ,127
Cholestyramine resin ,127
Choline
bitartrate, 1005
chloride ,1005
Chondroitin sulfate
sodium, 1005
Chromatography h621i, 742, S3/55
Chromic chloride ,127
Chromium picolinate ,1005
Chymotrypsin,127
INDEX
S3/134
CicloContr
Clorsulon ,134
and ivermectin injection, S2/8
Clotrimazole ,134
Clove oil,134, 379
Clover, red ,1005
extract, powdered ,1005
powdered ,1005
Clower, L., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Cloxacillin
benzathine, 135
sodium ,135
Clozapine ,135, S2/4
Coal tar,135
ointment ,135
topical solution ,136
Cocaine ,136
hydrochloride ,136
and tetracaine hydrochlorides and epinephrine
topical solution ,136
Cocoa butter,137
Coconut oil ,137
(unhydrogenated) , 379
Cod liver oil,137
Code of Ethics for Pharmacists
Pharmacy Compounding Accreditation Board,
1144
Codeine ,137
phosphate ,138
sulfate ,138
Cohosh
black, 1006, S2/72
black uidextract ,1006, S2/72
black, powdered ,1006, S2/72
black, powdered extract ,1006, S2/72
black tablets , S2/72
Colchicine ,138, S1/5
Colestipol hydrochloride ,138
tablets , S2/4
Colistimethate sodium,138
Colistin sulfate ,138
Collodion ,139
exible ,139
Colors, compounding ,1075
Comparison of MicrobiologicalTesting Practices in
Clinical, Food,Water and Pharmaceutical
Microbiology in Relation to the Microbiological
Attributes of Nutritional and Dietary
Supplements
Cundell, A.M., 1352
Compendial Standard for Subvisible Particulate
Matter in Ophthalmic Solutions: Results of an
Industry Collaborative Study and Proposed
Standards
Ahuja, E., Bares, D., Fagan, D.T., Hacche, L., Lenzie,
W., and Murphy, J., 1376
Compliance
PCAB standards with indicators, 1144
Compliance policy guides
Appendix A: Compounding drugs withdrawn from
market, 1267
compounding for use in animals , 680
pharmacy compounding ,1265
Compound cardamom tincture ,111
Compounding
antineoplastic agents hazards, 1141
INDEX
S3/135
ContrDieta
Cyclomethicone ,142
Cyclopentolate hydrochloride ,142
Cyclopropane ,143
Cycloserine ,143
Cyclosporine ,143
P-Cymene , 400
Cyproheptadine hydrochloride ,143
Cysteine hydrochloride ,143
L-Cysteine monohydrochloride , 380
L-Cystine , 380
Cytarabine ,143
D
Dacarbazine ,144
Dactinomycin ,144
Danazol,144
Dantrolene sodium,144
capsules , S2/5
Dapsone ,144
Data collection
rounding, 1412
signicant digits ,1412
Daunorubicin hydrochloride ,144
(E),(E)-2,4-Decadienal , 400
-Decalactone , 400
-Decalactone , 400
Decanal , 400
(E)-2-Decenal , 401
(Z)-4-Decenal , 401
Decoquinate ,145
Decyl alcohol , 401
Deferoxamine mesylate ,145
Dehydroacetic Acid , S2/5
Dehydrocholic acid ,145
Demecarium bromide ,145
Demeclocycline ,145
hydrochloride ,146
Denatonium benzoate ,146
Denman, J., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Description and relative solubility of USP and NF
articles ,1421, S1/87, S2/81, S3/78
Desurane ,146
Desipramine hydrochloride ,146
Deslanoside ,146
Desmopressin acetate ,146
Desoximetasone ,147
Desoxycorticosterone
acetate, 147
pivalate ,147
deVeau, I.F.
United States Pharmacopeial Convention
Standards and Clinical Information for
Compounded Medications Used inVeterinary
Medicine, 675
Development of a CompendialTaxonomy and
Glossary for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms
Marshall, K., Foster,T.S., Carlin, H.S., and Williams,
R.L., 1402
Dexamethasone ,147
acetate ,147
sodium phosphate ,148
Dexbrompheniramine maleate ,148
Dexchlorpheniramine maleate ,148
Dexpanthenol,148
preparation ,148
Dextran
1, 148
40 ,149
70 ,149
Dextrates ,149
Dextrin,149
Dextroamphetamine sulfate ,149
Dextromethorphan ,149
hydrobromide ,150
Dextrose
excipient, 150
solution, anticoagulant citrate , 73
Diacetyl , 401
Diacetylated monoglycerides ,150
Diatrizoate
meglumine, 150
sodium,150
Diatrizoic acid ,150
Diazepam ,150
Diazoxide ,151
Dibasic
calcium phosphate, 101
calcium phosphate, anhydrous ,101
potassium phosphate , 292
sodium phosphate , 319
Dibenzyl ether, 401
Dibucaine ,151
hydrochloride ,151
Dibutyl
phthalate, 151
sebacate ,151
Dichloralphenazone ,151
Dichlorodiuoromethane ,151
Dichlorotetrauoroethane ,151
Dichlorphenamide ,152
Diclofenac potassium ,152
Diclofenac sodium,152
extended-release tablets , S1/5
Dicloxacillin sodium,152
Dicyclomine hydrochloride ,152
Didanosine ,152, S3/29
tablets for oral suspension, S2/5
Dienestrol,153
Dietary supplements
Ademetionine disulfate tosylate, 1004
Arginine capsules , S3/74
Arginine tablets , S3/74
Bilberry, powdered, extract , S2/72
Cats claw, S1/83
Cats claw capsules , S1/83
Cats claw extract, powdered , S1/83
Cats claw, powdered , S1/83
Cats claw tablets , S1/83
Chamomile ,1004, S2/72
Chaste tree ,1004
Chaste tree, powdered ,1004
Chaste tree extract, powdered ,1004
Cholecalciferol,1004
INDEX S3/136
DietaDobut
Licorice uidextract ,1010
Licorice, powdered ,1011
Licorice, powdered extract ,1011
Lipoic acid, alpha ,1011
Lutein ,1011
Lutein preparation ,1011, S1/84
manufacture ,1240
Maritime pine ,1011
Maritime pine extract ,1011
Methylsulfonylmethane ,1012
Microbial limit tests h61i,1352
microbial tests for specied microorganisms ,1352
Microbiological attributes of nonsterile nutritional
and dietary supplements h2023i ,1352
Microbiological attributes of nonsterile
pharmaceutical products h1111i,1352
Microbiological procedures for absence of
specied microorganismsnutritional and
dietary supplements h2022i ,1352
Milk thistle ,1012
Milk thistle, powdered ,1012
Milk thistle, powdered extract ,1012
Nettle, stinging ,1012
Nettle, stinging, powdered ,1012
Nettle, stinging, powdered extract ,1012
nonsterile products ,1352
regulations ,1240
Saw palmetto,1013
Saw palmetto, powdered ,1013
Saw palmetto extract ,1013
Selenomethionine ,1013
Soy isoavones capsules , S3/74
Soy isoavones extract, powdered , S3/74
Soy isoavones tablets , S3/74
St. Johns wort ,1012
St. Johns wort, powdered ,1013
St. Johns wort, powdered extract ,1013
Supplemental information for articles of botanical
origin h2030i ,1031, S2/73
Tagatose ,1013
testing practices ,1352
Tumeric , S3/75
Tumeric, powdered , S3/75
Tumeric extract, powdered , S3/75
Ubidecarenone , 352
Valerian ,1013
Valerian, powdered extract ,1014
Diethanolamine ,153
Diethyl
malonate, 401
phthalate ,153
sebacate , 401
succinate , 401
Diethylcarbamazine citrate ,153
Diethylene glycol
monoethyl ether, 153
stearates ,153
Diethylpropion hydrochloride ,153
Diethylstilbestrol,154
diphosphate ,154
Diethyltoluamide ,154
Diorasone diacetate ,154
Diunisal ,154
Digitalis ,154
powdered ,154
Digitoxin,155
Digoxin ,155
Dihydrocarveol , 402
d-Dihydrocarvone , 402
Dihydrocodeine bitartrate ,155, S1/5
Dihydroergotamine mesylate ,155
Dihydrostreptomycin sulfate ,155
Dihydrotachysterol,156
Dihydroxyacetone ,156
Dihydroxyaluminum
aminoacetate, 156
sodium carbonate ,156
Diisopropanolamine ,156
Diloxanide furoate ,156
Diltiazem hydrochloride ,157, S2/5
oral solution ,157
oral suspension ,157
Diluted acetic acid , 54
Dimenhydrinate ,158
Dimercaprol,158
Dimethicone ,158
2,6-Dimethoxy phenol , 402
Dimethyl
anthranilate, 402
benzyl carbinol , 402
benzyl carbinyl acetate , 402
benzyl carbinyl butyrate , 403
succinate , 403
sulde , 403
3,4-Dimethyl 1,2-cyclopentandione , 403
2,6-Dimethyl-5-heptenal , 403
3,7-Dimethyl-1-octanol , 403
2,3-Dimethylpyrazine , 403
2,5-Dimethylpyrazine , 404
2,6-Dimethylpyrazine , 404
2,5-Dimethylpyrrole , 404
Dimethyl sulfoxide ,158, S3/29
Dinoprost tromethamine ,158
Dinoprostone ,159
Dioxybenzone ,159
Diphenhydramine
citrate, 159
hydrochloride ,159
Diphenoxylate hydrochloride ,159
Diphenyl ether, 404
Dipivefrin hydrochloride ,159
Dipyridamole ,160
oral suspension ,160
Dirithromycin ,160
Disinfectants and antiseptics h1072i , 862
Disintegration and dissolution of dietary
supplements h2040i ,1037
Disodium EDTA , 380
Disopyramide phosphate ,161
The Dissolution procedure: development and
validation h1092i , 893
Distribution
humidity, 1339
packaging ,1339,1389
risk analysis ,1389
stability,1339
storage ,1339
temperature ,1339
Disulram ,161
Divalproex sodium,161
Dobutamine hydrochloride ,161
INDEX
S3/137
E
Echinacea
angustifolia, 1006
angustifolia extract, powdered ,165
angustifolia, powdered ,166
pallida ,1006
pallida extract, powdered ,1006
pallida, powdered ,1006
purpurea aerial parts ,1007
purpurea extract, powdered ,1007
purpurea root ,1007
Echothiophate iodide ,166
Econazole nitrate ,166
Edetate
calcium disodium, 166
disodium,166
Edetic acid ,166
Edrophonium chloride ,166
Elastomeric closures for injections h381i, 724, S1/35,
S3/51
DocusEthyl
Eleuthero,1007
extract, powdered ,1007
powdered ,1007
Elixir
Aromatic, 77
Benzaldehyde, compound , 86
Elm ,167
Emedastine difumarate ,167
Emergency medical services vehicles and
ambulancesstorage of preparations h1070i ,
862
Emetine hydrochloride ,167
Emulsions
compounding, ,1121,1124
distribution ,1396
globule size ,1396
intravenous ,1396
preparation ,1121,1124
quality control,1124
stability,1124,1396
testing practices ,1396
Enalapril maleate ,167
Enalaprilat ,167
Enurane ,167
Enoxaparin sodium, S2/6
injection , S2/6
Ensulizole ,167
Enzacamene ,168
Ephedrine ,168
hydrochloride ,168
sulfate ,168
Epinephrine ,168
bitartrate ,168
and cocaine and tetracaine hydrochlorides topical
solution ,136
Epitetracycline hydrochloride ,168
Eprinomectin , S1/5
Epstein, A., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Equilin ,169
Ergocalciferol ,169
Ergoloid mesylates ,169
Ergonovine maleate ,169
Ergotamine tartrate ,169
Erythorbic acid , S3/30
Erythritol ,170
Erythromycin ,170
estolate ,170
ethylsuccinate ,170
ethylsuccinate, sterile ,170
gluceptate, sterile ,171
lactobionate, sterile ,171
stearate ,171
Esomeprazole
magnesium, S1/5
Estradiol ,171
transdermal system ,1007
benzoate , S1/6
cypionate ,171
valerate ,171
Estragole , 404
Estriol ,171
Estrogens
conjugated, 172
esteried ,172
Estrone ,172
Estropipate ,172
Ethacrynic acid ,172
Ethambutol hydrochloride ,172
Ethchlorvynol ,173
Ether,173
Ethics, PCAB code for pharmacists ,1144
Ethinyl estradiol ,173
Ethionamide ,173
Ethone , 405
Ethopabate ,173
Ethosuximide ,173
Ethotoin ,174
1,2-di[(1-Ethoxy)ethoxy]propane , 405
Ethyl
acetate, 174, 405
acetoacetate , 405
acrylate , 405
acrylate and methyl methacrylate copolymer
dispersion,174
p-anisate , 405
anthranilate , 405
benzoate , 405
benzoyl acetate , 406
butyrate , 406
chloride ,174
cinnamate , 406
decanoate , 406
formate , 406
heptanoate , 407
hexanoate , 407
isobutyrate , 407
isovalerate , 407
lactate , 408
laurate , 408
levulinate , 408
maltol, 380
2-methylbutyrate , 408
2-methylpentanoate , 408
methylphenylglycidate , 408
3-methylthiopropionate , 409
myristate , 409
nonanoate , 409
octanoate , 409
oleate , 409,174
oxyhydrate (so-called) , 409
phenylacetate , 409
phenylglycidate , 409
propionate , 410
salicylate , 410
10-undecenoate , 410
valerate , 410
vanillin,174, 410
2-Ethyl-3,5(6)-dimethylpyrazine , 410
Ethyl-(E)-2-butenoate , 406
2-Ethylbutyraldehyde , 411
2-Ethylbutyric acid , 411
Ethylcellulose ,174
aqueous dispersion,175
Ethylene
glycol stearates, 175
Ethylene brassylate , 411
INDEX
S3/138
EthylFreed
F
Factor IX complex ,176
Fagan, D.T., Ahuja, E., Bares, D., Hacche, L., Lenzie,W.,
and Murphy, J.
Compendial Standard for Subvisible Particulate
Matter in Ophthalmic Solutions: Results of an
Industry Collaborative Study and Proposed
Standards, 1376
Famotidine ,176
Farnesol , 411
Fat, hard ,177
FDA MedWatch Form ,1191
FDCA
dietary supplements, 1240
drugs for animal use ,1206
drugs for human use ,1206
laws ,1206
manufacture ,1206
regulations ,1206
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA)
Requirements Relating to Drugs for Human and
Animal Use and to Dietary Supplements, 1206
USP standards ,1205
Felodipine ,177
Fenbendazole ,177
d-Fenchone , 412
Fenchyl alcohol , 412
Fennel oil,177
Fenobrate ,177
capsules , S3/30
Fenoldopam mesylate ,177
Fenoprofen calcium ,178
Fentanyl citrate ,178
Ferguson, B., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Ferric
ammonium citrate, 69
oxide ,178
sulfate ,178
Ferrous
citrate, 380
fumarate ,178
gluconate ,178
glycinate , 380
sulfate ,178
sulfate, dried ,178
sulfate syrup,179
Feverfew,1007
powdered ,1007
Fexofenadine hydrochloride ,179
Filtration
microporous membranes, 1378
sterlizing ,1378
Finasteride ,179
Fish oil containing omega-3 acids , S1/83
capsules , S1/83
Flavors
compounding, 1075
compounding, masking ,1075
Flavoxate hydrochloride , S3/30
tablets , S3/30
Flecainide acetate ,179
Florfenicol (Systemic) , 530
Floxuridine ,179
Fluconazole ,180
Flucytosine ,180
oral suspension ,180
Fludarabine phosphate ,180
injection , S1/6
Fludrocortisone acetate ,181
Flumazenil ,181
Flumethasone pivalate ,181
Flunisolide ,181
Flunixin meglumine ,181
Fluocinolone acetonide ,181
Fluocinonide ,182
Fluorescein,182
sodium,182
Fluorometholone ,182
acetate ,182
Fluoroquinolones (Systemic) , 534
Fluorouracil ,182
Fluoxetine hydrochloride ,183
Fluoxymesterone ,183
Fluphenazine
decanoate, 183
enanthate ,183
hydrochloride ,183
Flurandrenolide ,183
Flurazepam hydrochloride ,184
Flurbiprofen ,184
sodium,184
Flutamide ,184
Fluticasone propionate ,184
nasal spray,184
Fluvastatin sodium,185
Fluvoxamine maleate ,185
Folic acid ,185
Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
compliance policy guides, 1265
Controlled Substances Act Regulations ,1268
drugs for animal use , 682
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
labeling , 682,1268
manufacture , 682
MedWatch Form ,1191
packaging ,1253,1268
processing ,1253
registration of dispensers ,1268
registration of distributors ,1268
registration of manufacturers ,1268
Regulations Regarding Extralabel Drug Use in
Animals , 682
security,1268
storage ,1253
Form 1932A
veterinarian ADR report, 687
Formoterol fumarate , S3/30
Foscarnet sodium, S3/30
Fosinopril sodium,185
Fosphenytoin sodium,185
Foster,T.S., Marshall, K., Carlin, H.S., and Williams, R.L.
Development of a CompendialTaxonomy and
Glossary for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 1402
Freedman, J., Sagona, P., Spano,W., and Pangborn, R.
The Impact of Multiple-Unit Desiccating
Containers for Prescription Packaging, 1416
INDEX S3/139
G
Gabapentin ,186
Gadodiamide ,186
Gadoteridol,187
Gadoversetamide ,187
Galactose ,187
Galageenan ,187
Galantamine
hydrobromide, S1/6
tablets , S1/6
Gallamine triethiodide ,187
Gallo, M., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Gamma Cyclodextrin , S2/5
Ganciclovir,188
oral suspension,188
Gap Analysis Checklist for Chapter 795 ,1045
Gap Analysis Checklist for Chapter 797,1053
Garlic ,1008
extract, powdered ,1008
uidextract ,1008
powdered ,1008
Gases
medication error prevention, 1411
standards ,1411
Gelatin,188
Gellan gum ,188
Gels
compounding, 1089
preparation ,1089
quality control,1089
stability,1089
Gemcitabine hydrochloride ,189
Gembrozil,189
General chapters, numeric
h1i Injections, 701
h21i Thermometers , 705
h31i Volumetric apparatus , 705
h41i Weights and balances , 706
h51i Antimicrobial effectiveness testing , 706
h61i Microbial limit tests , 708,1348,1352,1364
h61i Microbiological examination of nonsterile
products: microbial enumeration tests , S3/43
h62i Microbiological examination of nonsterile
products: tests for specied organisms , S3/47
h71i Sterility tests , 713,1364
h85i Bacterial endotoxins test , 718
FrequGener
h151i Pyrogen test , 721
h201i Thin-layer chromatographic identication
test , 722
h345i Assay for citric acid/citrate and phosphate ,
723
h381i Elastomeric closures for injections , 724, S1/
35, S3/51
h561i Articles of botanical origin ,1014
h563i Identication of articles of botanical origin ,
1020
h565i Botanical extracts ,1027
h601i Aerosols, nasal sprays, metered-dose
inhalers, and dry powder inhalers , 725
h621i Chromatography, 742, S3/55
h660i Containersglass , 753
h661i Containersplastics , 756
h671i Containersperformance testing , 760,
S1/38
h671i Containerspermeation, 760, S1/38
h681i Repackaging into single-unit containers and
unit-dose containers for nonsterile solid and
liquid dosage forms , 763
h729i Globule size distribution in lipid injectable
emulsions , 765
h731i Loss on drying , 767
h741i Melting range or temperature , 767, S2/32
h771i Ophthalmic ointments , 768
h776i Optical microscopy, 768
h785i Osmolality and osmolarity, 770
h788i Particulate matter in injections, 772,1376,
1383
h789i Particulate matter in ophthalmic solutions ,
1376
h791i pH , 774
h795i Pharmaceutical compoundingnonsterile
preparations , 775
h797i Pharmaceutical compoundingsterile
preparations , 779, 797,1067, S1/41, S2/33
h821i Radioactivity, 832
h823i Radiopharmaceuticals for positron emission
tomographycompounding , 838
h831i Refractive index , 842
h841i Specic gravity, 842
h905i Uniformity of dosage units , 843
h911i Viscosity, 846
h1035i Biological indicators for sterilization , 847
h1041i Biologics , 851
h1045i Biotechnology-derived articles , 851
h1058i Analytical instrument qualication, S1/77
h1070i Emergency medical services vehicles and
ambulancesstorage of preparations , 862
h1072i Disinfectants and antiseptics , 862
h1075i Good compounding practices , 866
h1078i Good manufacturing practices for bulk
pharmaceutical excipients , 869
h1079i Good storage and shipping practices , 879
h1080i Bulk pharmaceutical excipients
certicate of analysis , 884
h1086i Impurities in ofcial articles , 890
h1091i Labeling of inactive ingredients , 892
h1092i The Dissolution procedure: development
and validation , 893
h1101i Medicine dropper, 898
h1111i Microbiological attributes of nonsterile
pharmaceutical products , 898,1352
INDEX
S3/140
Gener4-Hex
Gluconolactone ,190
Glucosamine
hydrochloride, 190, S2/73
sulfate potassium chloride ,1009
sulfate sodium chloride ,1009
Glucose, liquid ,190, S3/31
Glucose syrup, 380
dried , 381
Glutamine ,190
Glutaral
concentrate, 191
disinfectant solution ,191
Glyburide ,191
Glycerin,191, S2/6
Glyceryl
behenate, 191
distearate ,191
monolinoleate ,191
monooleate ,191, S3/31
monostearate ,192
Glyceryl tripropanoate , 414
Glycine ,192
Glycopyrrolate ,192
Goldenseal ,1009
extract, powdered ,1010
powdered ,1010
Gold sodium thiomalate ,192
Gonadorelin
acetate, 192
hydrochloride ,192
Gonadotropin, chorionic ,193
Good compounding practices h1075i , 866
Good Manufacturing Practices
nished pharmaceuticals, 1253
packaging ,1253
processing ,1253
storage ,1253
Good manufacturing practices for bulk
pharmaceutical excipients h1078i , 869
Good packaging practices h1177i, 947
Good repackaging practices h1178i , 949
Good storage and shipping practices h1079i , 879
Goodwin, J., Casey,W.M., Heath, J., and Hughes, K.
An Alternative Methodology for the GeneralTest
Chapter Microbial LimitTests h61i, 1348
Grady, L.T., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T., and Okeke, C.C.
Temperature Fluctuations During Mail Order
Shipment of Pharmaceutical Articles Using
Mean KineticTemperatureApproach, 1339
Grady, L.T., andTaborsky, C.J.
WaterVapor Permeation of PrescriptionVials, 1388
Gramicidin ,193
Granisetron hydrochloride , S3/31
Granisetron hydrochloride oral suspension, 453
Granules
compounding, 1119
quality control,1119
stability,1119
Grape skin extract , 381
Gravity, specic h841i, 842
Green
soap, 193
soap tincture ,193
GreenTea
decaffeinated, powdered, extract, S2/73
Griseofulvin ,193
Guaifenesin ,194
Guanabenz acetate ,194
Guanadrel sulfate ,194
Guanethidine monosulfate ,194
Guanfacine hydrochloride ,194
Guar gum ,194
Gum arabic , 381
Gutta percha ,194
H
Hacche, L., Ahuja, E., Bares, D., Fagan, D.T., Lenzie,W.,
and Murphy, J.
Compendial Standard for Subvisible Particulate
Matter in Ophthalmic Solutions: Results of an
Industry Collaborative Study and Proposed
Standards, 1376
Halazone ,194
Halcinonide ,195
Haloperidol ,195
Halothane ,195
Hawthorn leaf
with ower, 1010
with ower, powdered ,1010
Hazard Communication Guidelines for Compliance
Occupational Safety and Health Act, 1327
Heath, J., Casey,W.M., Hughes, K., and Goodwin, J.
An Alternative Methodology for the GeneralTest
Chapter Microbial LimitTests h61i, 1348
Helium ,195
(E),(E)-2,4-Heptadienal , 414
-Heptalactone , 414
Heptanal , 414
2,3-Heptandione , 414
2-Heptanone , 414
3-Heptanone , 414
(Z)-4-Hepten-1-al , 414
Heptyl alcohol , 415
Hexachlorophene ,195
-Hexalactone , 415
Hexanal , 415
Hexanoic acid , 415
(E)-2-Hexen-1-al , 415
(E)-2-Hexen-1-ol , 415
(Z)-3-Hexenol , 415
(Z)-3-Hexenyl 2-methylbutyrate , 416
(E)-2-Hexenyl acetate , 415
(Z)-3-Hexenyl acetate , 416
(Z)-3-Hexenyl butyrate , 416
(Z)-3-Hexenyl formate , 416
(Z)-3-Hexenyl isovalerate , 416
Hexyl
acetate, 416
alcohol , 416
butyrate , 417
hexanoate , 417
Hexyl-2-Butenoate , 417
Hexyl 2-methylbutyrate , 417
-Hexylcinnamaldehyde , 417
Hexylene glycol ,195
Hexyl isovalerate , 417
Hexylresorcinol,195
4-Hexylresorcinol , 381
INDEX S3/141
HistaIsoam
Hydroxyzine
hydrochloride, 201
pamoate , 201
Hymetellose , 201
Hyoscyamine , 201
hydrobromide , 201
sulfate , 202
Hypophosphorous acid , 202
Hypromellose , 202
ophthalmic solution , 202
phthalate , 202
I
Ibuprofen , 203
Ichthammol , 203
ointment , 203
Idarubicin hydrochloride , 203
Identication
of articles of botanical origin h563i, 1020
test, thin-layer chromatographic h201i, 722
Idoxuridine , 203
Ifosfamide , 204
Imidurea , 204
Imipenem , 204
Imipramine hydrochloride , 204
The Impact of Multiple-Unit Desiccating Containers
for Prescription Packaging
Sagona, P., Freedman, J., Spano,W., and Pangborn,
R., 1416
ImportantVeterinary Contacts , 689
Impurities in ofcial articles h1086i , 890
Inamrinone , 204
Indapamide , 204
Indigotindisulfonate sodium, 205
Indinavir sulfate , 205
Indocyanine green , 205
Indole , 418
Indomethacin , 205
topical gel , 205
sodium , 206
Industry
microbial identication methods, 1368
regulations ,1368
An Informational Outline of theAMDUCA
Extralabel Drug Use, 684, S2/26
Ingredients and processes , 24
Inhalation
Levalbuterol solution, S1/7
Inhalation preparations
compounding, 1116
quality control,1116
stability,1116
storage ,1116
Injection
content uniformity, 1344
distribution ,1396
emulsions ,1396
Fludarabine phosphate , S1/6
globule size ,1396
intravenous ,1396
Ivermectin , S2/7
INDEX
S3/142
J
Jones, K., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
IsoamLinal
Jornitz, M.W., and Meltzer,T.H.
Sterilizing Filtrations with Microporous
Membranes, 1378
Juniper tar, 217
K
Kanamycin sulfate , 217
Kaolin, 217
Karaya gum , 382
Kelp, 382
Ketamine hydrochloride , 217
Ketoconazole , 217
oral suspension , 217
Ketoprofen , 218
Ketorolac tromethamine , 218
Kr 81m, Krypton, 218
Krumperman, K., Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T.,
Okeke, C.C., andTran, C.D.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Krypton Kr 81m, 218
L
Labeling
biotechnologic preparations, 1134
controlled substances ,1268
Controlled Substances Act Regulations ,1268
drugs for animal use , 682
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ,1268
manufacture , 682
neuromuscular blockers ,1344
packaging ,1268
parenteral preparations ,1129
registration of dispensers ,1268
registration of distributors ,1268
registration of manufacturers ,1268
Regulations Regarding Extralabel Drug Use in
Animals , 682
security,1268
vials ,1344
Labeling , 892
Labetalol hydrochloride , 218
oral suspension , 219
Lactase , 219
Lactitol, 219
Lactose
anhydrous, 219
monohydrate , 220
Lamivudine , 220
Lanolin , 220
alcohols , 220
modied , 220
Lansoprazole , 220
Lauroyl polyoxylglycerides , 220
Lauryl
alcohol, 422
aldehyde , 423
Laws
dietary supplements, 1240
drugs for animal use , 682,1206
drugs for human use ,1206
FDCA ,1206
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
labeling , 682
manufacture , 682,1206
packaging ,1253
processing ,1253
regulations ,1206
Regulations Regarding Extralabel Drug Use in
Animals , 682
storage ,1253
Lecithin , 221, S3/31
Leunomide , 221
Lemon
oil, 221
oil, coldpressed , 382
tincture , 221
Lemongrass oil, 382
Lenzie,W., Ahuja, E., Bares, D., Fagan, D.T., Hacche, L.,
and Murphy, J.
Compendial Standard for Subvisible Particulate
Matter in Ophthalmic Solutions: Results of an
Industry Collaborative Study and Proposed
Standards, 1376
Letrozole , 221
Leucine , 221
Leucovorin calcium , 222
Leuprolide acetate , 222
Levalbuterol
inhalation solution, S1/7
Levalbuterol hydrochloride , S1/7
Levamisole hydrochloride , 222
Levmetamfetamine , 222
Levobunolol hydrochloride , 222
Levocabastine hydrochloride , 222
Levocarnitine , 223
Levodopa , 223
Levonordefrin, 223
Levonorgestrel , 223
Levorphanol tartrate , 223
Levothyroxine sodium, 223, S1/7
Levulinic acid , 423
Licorice ,1010
extract, powdered ,1011
uidextract ,1010
powdered ,1011
Lidocaine , 224
hydrochloride , 224
Lime , 224
D-Limonene , 423
L-Limonene , 423
Linalool , 423
oxide , 423
Linalyl
acetate, 423
benzoate , 424
formate , 424
isobutyrate , 424
propionate , 424
INDEX
S3/143
M
Macrolides (Systemic) , 565
Mafenide acetate , 227
Magaldrate , 227
Magnesium
aluminometasilicate, 227
aluminosilicate , 227
aluminum silicate , 227
carbonate , 228
chloride , 228
citrate , 228
citrate oral solution , 228
gluconate , 229
hydroxide , 229
oxide , 229
phosphate , 229
salicylate , 229
silicate , 230
stearate , 230
LincoMetha
sulfate , 230
trisilicate , 230
Malathion, 230
Maleic acid , 230
Malic acid , 230
Maltitol, 230
solution , 231
syrup, 383
Maltodextrin , 231, 383
Maltol, 231, 383
Maltol isobutyrate , 424
Maltose , 231
Malt syrup, 382
Mangafodipir trisodium, 231
Manganese
chloride, 231
sulfate , 232
Mannitol, 232
Manufacture
dietary supplements, 1240
drugs for animal use , 682,1206
drugs for human use ,1206
FDCA ,1206
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
labeling , 682
laws ,1206
packaging ,1253
processing ,1253
regulations ,1206
Regulations Regarding Extralabel Drug Use in
Animals , 682
storage ,1253
USP standards ,1205
Maprotiline hydrochloride , 232
Maritime pine ,1011
extract ,1011
Marshall, K., Foster,T.S., Carlin, H.S., and Williams, R.L.
Development of a CompendialTaxonomy and
Glossary for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 1402
Mayberry, P., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Mazindol , 232
McNeal, E., Nath, N., Obenhuber, D., Pillari, B., Shelton,
L., Stevens-Riley, M., and Sweeney, N.
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous
Medication and the Limits Set by USP General
Chapter h788i, 1383
Measurement results
rounding, 1412
signicant digits ,1412
Mebendazole , 232
Mecamylamine hydrochloride , 232
Mechlorethamine hydrochloride , 232
Meclizine hydrochloride , 233
Meclocycline sulfosalicylate , 233
Meclofenamate sodium, 233
Medical air, 56
Medication error denition
NCC MERP, 1159
Medication error prevention
abbreviations, 1186
gases ,1411
names, similarity,1165
standards ,1411
USP and Patient Safety,1155
Medication error reporting
FDA MedWatch Form, 1191
USP Medication Errors Reporting Program (form) ,
1157
USP and Patient Safety,1155
Veterinarian ADR Form 1932 , 687
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study
Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T., Okeke, C.C.,
Krumperman, K., andTran, C.D., 1344
Medication Use Process (chart)
safe medication practices, 1156
Medicine dropper h1101i, 898
Medium-chain trigylcerides , 349
Medroxyprogesterone acetate , 233
Medication sticks
compounding, 1093
quality control,1093
stability,1093
Medwick,T., Bailey, L.C., Grady, L.T., and Okeke, C.C.
Temperature Fluctuations During Mail Order
Shipment of Pharmaceutical Articles Using
Mean KineticTemperatureApproach, 1339
Medwick,T., Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Okeke, C.C.,
Krumperman, K., andTran, C.D.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Mefenamic acid , 233
Meoquine hydrochloride , 233
Megestrol acetate , 234
Meglumine , 234
Melengestrol acetate , 234
Meloxicam, 234
Melphalan , 234
Melting range or temperature h741i, 767, S2/32
Meltzer,T.H., andJornitz, M.W.
Sterilizing Filtrations with Microporous
Membranes, 1378
Menadiol sodium diphosphate , 234
Menadione , 235
Menthol , 235, 424
L-Menthone , 425
DL-Menthyl acetate , 425
Meperidine hydrochloride , 235
Mephenytoin , 235
Mephobarbital , 235
Mepivacaine hydrochloride , 235
Meprednisone , 236
Meprobamate , 236
2-Mercaptopropionic acid , 425
Mercaptopurine , 236
Mercury, ammoniated , 236
Meropenem , 236
Mesalamine , 236
Mesoridazine besylate , 236
Mestranol , 237
Metacresol, 237
Metaproterenol sulfate , 237
Metaraminol bitartrate , 237
Metformin hydrochloride , 237
Methacholine chloride , 237
Methacrylic
acid copolymer, 238
INDEX
S3/144
MethaMissi
2-Methyl butanal , 426
3-Methyl butanal, 430
2-Methylbutyl acetate , 426
2-Methylbutyl isovalerate , 426
2-Methylbutyric acid , 431
Methylcellulose , 241
-Methylcinnamaldehyde , 431
6-Methylcoumarin , 432
5H-5-Methyl-6,7-dihydrocyclopenta[b]pyrazine ,
427
Methyldopa , 242
Methyldopate hydrochloride , 242
Methylene
blue, 242
chloride , 242
Methylene Blue
injection, veterinary, S2/20
Veterinary - Systemic , S2/21
Methylergonovine maleate , 242
5-Methyl furfural , 430
L-Menthyl butanal , 426
Methylparaben , 242
sodium , 242
2-Methylpentanoic acid , 432
4-Methylpentanoic acid , 432
4-Methyl-2-pentanone , 429
Methylphenidate hydrochloride , 243
5-Methyl 2-phenyl 2-hexenal , 429
Methylprednisolone , 243
acetate , 243
hemisuccinate , 243
sodium succinate , 243
2-Methyl propyl 3-methyl butyrate , 429
2-Methylpyrazine , 432
Methylsulfonylmethane ,1012
Methyltestosterone , 243
3-Methylthiopropionaldehyde , 432
2-Methylundecanal , 432
Methysergide maleate , 243
Metoclopramide hydrochloride , 244
Metolazone , 244
oral suspension , 244
Metoprolol
fumarate, 244
succinate , 244
tartrate , 245
tartrate oral solution , 245
tartrate oral suspension, 245
Metrifonate , 246
Metronidazole , 246
benzoate , 246
(Systemic) , 586
Metyrapone , 246
Metyrosine , 246
Mexiletine hydrochloride , 246
Mezlocillin sodium, 247
Mibolerone , 247
Miconazole , 247
nitrate , 247
Microbial identication
methods, 1368
pharmaceutical industry,1368
regulations ,1368
Microbial Identication in the Pharmaceutical
Industry
Cundell, A.M., and Sutton, S.V.W., 1368
INDEX
S3/145
N
Nabumetone , 253
Nadolol, 253
Nafcillin sodium, 253
Naftine hydrochloride , 253
Nalidixic acid , 253
Nalorphine hydrochloride , 253
Naloxone hydrochloride , 254
Naltrexone hydrochloride , 254
Nandrolone
decanoate, 254
phenpropionate , 254
Naphazoline hydrochloride , 254
ophthalmic solution , S2/9
-Naphthyl ethyl ether, 433
Missi3-Oct
Naproxen , 254
sodium , 255
Naratriptan
hydrochloride, 255
hydrochloride oral suspension, 453
Natamycin , 255
Nath, N., McNeal, E., Obenhuber, D., Pillari, B., Shelton,
L., Stevens-Riley, M., and Sweeney, N.
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous
Medication and the Limits Set by USP General
Chapter h788i, 1383
National Coordinating Council for Medication Error
Reporting and Prevention (NCC MERP)
error denition, 1159
Recommendations ,1159
National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health
antineoplastic agents hazards, 1141
NCC MERP
error denition, 1159
NCC MERP: recommendations ,1159
Nefazodone hydrochloride , 255
Neomycin sulfate , 255
Neostigmine
bromide, 255
methylsulfate , 256
Neotame , 256
Nerol, 433
Nerolidol, 433
Neryl acetate , 433
Netilmicin sulfate , 256
Nettle
stinging, 1012
stinging, powdered ,1012
stinging, powdered extract ,1012
Neutralized phthalate buffer,1479
Nevirapine , 256
oral suspension , 256
Newton, D.W.
The Role ofTemperature in the Life of a
Pharmaceutical Preparation, 1339
Newton, D.W. andTrissel, L.A.
A Primer on USP Chapter h797i Pharmaceutical
CompoundingSterile Preparations, and USP
Process for Drug and Practice Standards, 1067
Niacin , 256, 383
Niacinamide , 257, 383
ascorbate , 383
Nicotine , 257
polacrilex , 257
polacrilex gum , 257
Nifedipine , 257
Nimodipine , 257
Nitrate
silver, 315
toughened silver, 315
Nitric acid , 257
Nitrofurantoin , 258
Nitrofurazone , 258
Nitrogen , 258
97 percent , 258
Nitroglycerin, diluted , 258
Nitromersol , 258
topical solution , 258
Nitrous oxide , 259
Nizatidine , 259
O
Obenhuber, D., Nath, N., McNeal, E., Pillari, B., Shelton,
L., Stevens-Riley, M., and Sweeney, N.
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous
Medication and the Limits Set by USP General
Chapter h788i, 1383
Occupational Safety and Health Act
hazard communication standard, 1327
Regulations RegardingToxic and Hazardous
Substances ,1313
OConnor, L.E., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
-Octalactone , 435
-Octalactone , 435
Octanal , 435
3-Octanol , 435
INDEX S3/146
(E)-2Orang
Rapeseed, fully hydrogenated , 384
Rapeseed, superglycinated , 385
Rose , 310
Rosemary, 385
Safower, 311
Sesame , 314
Soybean , 323
Soybean, hydrogenated , 323
Sunower, 332
Sunower (unhydrogenated) , 385
Tarragon , 386
Thyme , 386
Vegetable, hydrogenated , 355
Ointment
Coal tar, 135
Hydrophilic , 262
Ichthammol , 203
Polyethylene glycol , 287
Resorcinol, compound , 307
Rose water, 310
White , 262
Yellow, 262
Zinc oxide , 362
Ointments
compounding, 1084
ophthalmic h771i, 768
packaging ,1084
stability,1084
Okeke, C.C., Bailey, L.C., Grady, L.T., and Medwick,T.
Temperature Fluctuations During Mail Order
Shipment of Pharmaceutical Articles Using
Mean KineticTemperatureApproach, 1339
Okeke, C.C., Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T.,
Krumperman, K., andTran, C.D.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Okeke, C.C., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Okeke, C.C., and Allen, L.V.
History and Background Information on USPs
Activities in Compounding Pharmacy Practices,
13
Oleic acid , 262
Oleoresin, capsicum ,103
Oleovitamin A and D, 262
Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides , 263
Oleyl alcohol , 263
Olive oil, 263
Omeprazole , 263
magnesium, S1/8
Ondansetron, 263
hydrochloride , 263
hydrochloride oral suspension, 263
Ophthalmic ointments h771i, 768
Ophthalmic solution
Cefazolin, 113
Hypromellose , 202
injections ,1376
particulate matter,1376
Particulate matter in ophthalmic solutions h789i ,
1376
Particulate matter in injections h788i ,1376
Opium , 264
powdered , 264
tincture , 264
INDEX
S3/147
P
Packaging
biotechnologic preparations, 1134
containers,1388
controlled substances ,1268
Controlled Substances Act Regulations ,1268
desiccants ,1416
desiccating containers,1416
distribution ,1339,1389
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ,1268,1331,
1334
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
humidity,1339
labeling ,1268
moisture ,1416
ointments ,1084
pastes ,1084
Poison Prevention Act ,1331
processing ,1253
registration of dispensers ,1268
registration of distributors ,1268
registration of manufacturers,1268
risk analysis ,1389
security,1268
stability,1084,1339
storage ,1253,1389
temperature ,1339
vials ,1388
water vapor permeation,1388
OrangpH
Packaging practicerepackaging a single solid oral
drug product into a unit-dose container h1146i ,
918
Packaging, Storage, Distribution (PSD) ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Bender,T., 1389
Bishara, R. ,1389
Clower, L. ,1389
Denman, J. ,1389
Drug Products Distribution Chain,1389
Epstein, A. ,1389
Ferguson, B. ,1389
Gallo, M. ,1389
Hollander, R. ,1389
Jones, K. ,1389
Mayberry, P. ,1389
OConnor, L.E. ,1389
Okeke, C.C. ,1389
Pringle,T. ,1389
Russell, S. ,1389
Schafer,T. ,1389
Seeley, J. ,1389
Shada, E. ,1389
Sharpless, B. ,1389
Sheinin, E. ,1389
Smith, I. ,1389
Taborsky, J. ,1389
Valentino, J. ,1389
Wallner, B. ,1389
Williams, R. ,1389
Packagingunit-of-use h1136i , 916
Paclitaxel , 269, S1/8
Padimate O, 270
Pallida
echinacea, 1006
extract, powdered echinacea ,1006
powdered echinacea ,1006
Palm
kernel oil, 270
kernel oil (unhydrogenated) , 384
oil (unhydrogenated) , 384
Palmitic acid , 270
Palmitic acid , 384
Pamabrom , 270
Pamidronate disodium, 270
Pancreatin , 270
Pancrelipase , 271
Pangborn, R., Sagona, P., Freedman, J., and Spano,W.
The Impact of Multiple-Unit Desiccating
Containers for Prescription Packaging, 1416
Panthenol , 271
DL-Panthenol , 384
Pantoprazole
sodium oral suspension, 453
Pantoprazole sodium, S3/32
delayed-release tablets , S3/32
Papain , 271
Papaverine hydrochloride , 271
Parachlorophenol, 271
camphorated , 272
Parafn , 272, S2/9
synthetic , 272
Paraldehyde , 272
Paramethasone acetate , 272
Paregoric , 272
Parenteral preparations
compounding, 1129
labeling ,1129
quality control,1129
stability,1129
storage ,1129
Paricalcitol, 273
Paromomycin
sulfate, 273
Paroxetine
tablets, S2/9
Paroxetine hydrochloride , 273
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous Medication
and the Limits Set by USP General Chapter h788i
Nath, N., McNeal, E., Obenhuber, D., Pillari, B.,
Shelton, L., Stevens-Riley, M., and Sweeney, N.,
1383
Particulate matter in injections h788i , 772
contaminants ,1383
injections ,1383
limits ,1383
ophthalmic solution ,1376
particulate matter,1376
Particulate matter injections ,1344
Pastes
compounding, 1084
packaging ,1084
stability,1084
Peanut oil, 274
Pectin , 274
Penbutolol sulfate , 274
Penicillamine , 274
Penicillin
G benzathine, 274
G potassium , 274
G procaine , 275
G sodium, 275
G (Systemic) , 589
V, 275
V benzathine , 275
V potassium , 276
Pennyroyal oil , 384
!-Pentadecalactone , 437
2,3-Pentanedione , 437
2-Pentanone , 437
Pentazocine , 276
hydrochloride , 276
Pentetic acid , 276
Pentobarbital , 276
sodium, 276
Pentoxifylline , 277
Peppermint , 277
oil, 277
spirit , 277
water, 277
Perubron , 277
Pergolide
mesylate, 277
oral suspension, veterinary, 461
Veterinary - Systemic , S1/27
Perphenazine , 278
Petrolatum , 278
hydrophilic , 278
white , 278
pH
requirements, 1346
INDEX
S3/148
pHPowde
Phenylpropanolamine
bitartrate, 281
hydrochloride , 281
2-Phenylpropionaldehyde , 440
3-Phenylpropionaldehyde , 440
2-Phenylpropionaldehyde dimethyl acetal , 440
3-Phenylpropyl acetate , 440
Phenyltoloxamine citrate , 281
Phenytoin , 282
sodium , 282
Phosphate buffer,1479
Phosphoric acid , 282
diluted , 282
Physostigmine , 282
salicylate , 282
sulfate , 282
Phytonadione , 283
Pillari, B., Nath, N., McNeal, E., Obenhuber, D., Shelton,
L., Stevens-Riley, M., and Sweeney, N.
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous
Medication and the Limits Set by USP General
Chapter h788i, 1383
Pills
compounding, 1111
quality control,1111
stability,1111
storage ,1111
Pilocarpine , 283
hydrochloride , 283
nitrate , 283
Pimozide , 283
Pindolol , 283
Pinene
-, 440
- , 440
Piperacillin , 284
sodium , 284
Piperazine , 284
adipate , S3/32
citrate , 284
dihydrochloride , S3/32
phosphate , S3/33
Piperidine , 441
Piperonal , 441
Piroxicam, 284
cream, 284
Plantago seed , 285
Plicamycin , 285
Podophyllum , 285
resin , 285
Poison Control Centers
American directory, 689,1194
Canadian directory, 694,1199
important veterinary contacts , 689
Poison Prevention Packaging Act ,1331
requirements ,1334
Polacrilin potassium , 285
Poloxalene , 286
Poloxamer, 286, S2/10
Polycarbophil, 286
calcium ,101
Polyethylene
glycol, 286
glycol monomethyl ether, 287
glycol ointment , 287
oxide , 287
Polyisobutylene , 287
Polymyxin B sulfate , 288
Polyoxyl
10 oleyl ether, 288
20 cetostearyl ether, 288
35 castor oil, 288
40 hydrogenated castor oil , 288
40 stearate , 288
lauryl ether, 288
oleate , 288
stearyl ether, 289
Polysorbate
20, 289
40 , 289
60 , 289
80 , 289
Polyvinyl
acetate phthalate, 289
alcohol , 289, S3/33
Potash, sulfurated , 290
Potassium
acetate, 290
alginate , 290
alum , 61
benzoate , 290
bicarbonate , 290
bitartrate , 290
bromide , 290
bromide oral solution, veterinary, 461, S3/33
carbonate , 290
chloride , 290
gluconate , 291
guaiacolsulfonate , 291
hydroxide , 291
iodide , 291
metabisulte , 291
metaphosphate , 291
nitrate , 291
perchlorate , 291
permanganate , 292
phosphate, dibasic , 292
phosphate, monobasic , 292
sodium tartrate , 292
sorbate , 292
Potato starch , 324
Potentiated sulfonamides (Systemic) , 597
Povidone , 292
-iodine , 292
Powder
Soy isoavones, powdered extract, S3/74
Tumeric, powdered , S3/75
Tumeric extract, powdered , S3/75
Powdered
American ginseng, 1009
American ginseng extract ,1009
Asian ginseng ,1009
Asian ginseng extract ,1009
bilberry extract , S2/72
cats claw, S1/83
cats claw extract , S1/83
Cellulose ,120
Black cohosh ,1006, S2/72
Black cohosh extract ,1006, S2/72
Digitalis ,154
Echinacea angustifolia ,166
INDEX
S3/149
PowdeQuali
Prescribing and dispensing , 28
Prescription balances and volumetric apparatus
h1176i , 946
Preservation, packaging, storage, and labeling , 28
Prilocaine hydrochloride , 295
Primaquine phosphate , 295
tablets , S2/10
A Primer on USP Chapter h797i Pharmaceutical
CompoundingSterile Preparations, and USP
Process for Drug and Practice Standards
Newton, D.W. andTrissel, L.A., 1067
Primidone , 295
Principles of Compounding
Pharmacy Compounding Accreditation Board,
1143
Pringle,T., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Probenecid , 295
Probucol , 295
Procainamide hydrochloride , 295
Procaine hydrochloride , 296
Procarbazine hydrochloride , 296
Prochlorperazine , 296
edisylate , 296
maleate , 296
Procyclidine hydrochloride , 296
Product errors
look-alike and/or sound-alike names, 1165
Progesterone , 297
vaginal suppositories , 297
Proline , 298
Promazine hydrochloride , 298
Promethazine hydrochloride , 298
Propafenone hydrochloride , 298
Propantheline bromide , 299
Proparacaine hydrochloride , 299
Propenylguaethol , 441
Propionaldehyde , 441
Propionic acid , 299
Propofol, 299
injectable emulsion , S3/33
Proposed monographs
Granisetron hydrochloride oral suspension, 453
Naratriptan hydrochloride oral suspension, 453
Pantoprazole sodium oral suspension , 453
Terbinane hydrochloride oral suspension, 453
Terbutaline sulfate oral suspension , 454
Tiagabine hydrochloride oral suspension, 454
Proposed Standards for Medical Gases: A Public
Health Initiative
Becker, S.C., and Bormel, F.G., 1411
Propoxycaine hydrochloride , 299
Propoxyphene
hydrochloride, 299
napsylate , 300
Propranolol hydrochloride , 300
Propyl
acetate, 441
alcohol , 441
formate , 441
gallate , 300
mercaptan , 442
propionate , 442
p-Propyl anisole , 441
Propylene
carbonate, 300
glycol , 300
glycol alginate , 300
glycol dicaprylate/dicaprate , S2/10
glycol dilaurate , 300
glycol monocaprylate , S1/8
glycol monolaurate , 301, S3/34
glycol monostearate , 301
Propyliodone , 301
Propylparaben , 301
sodium, 301
Propylthiouracil , 301
Protamine sulfate , 301
Protriptyline hydrochloride , 301
Pseudoephedrine
hydrochloride, 302
sulfate , 302
Psyllium
hemicellulose, 302
husk , 302
Pullulan , S2/10
Pumice , 302
Pure Steam, 359
Purpurea
extract, powdered echinacea, 1007
root, echinacea ,1007
Pyrantel pamoate , 302
Pyrazinamide , 302
Pyrethrum extract , 303
Pyridostigmine bromide , 303
Pyridoxine hydrochloride , 303
Pyrilamine maleate , 303
Pyrimethamine , 303
(Systemic) , 614
Pyrogen test h151i, 721
Pyroxylin , 303
Pyrrole , 442
Pyrvinium pamoate , 304
Q
Quality assurance in pharmaceutical compounding
h1163i , 943
Quality control
biotechnologic preparations, 1134
capsules, powder-lled ,1101
capsules, special ,1105
compounds for clinical studies ,1137
drops ,1108
emulsions ,1124
gels ,1089
granules ,1119
inhalation preparations ,1116
lozenges ,1108
parenteral preparations ,1129
pills,1111
powders,1119
solutions ,1114
standard operating procedures ,1139
sticks, medication ,1093
suspensions ,1136
INDEX S3/150
R
Racemic calcium pantothenate ,101
Racepinephrine hydrochloride , 305
Radioactivity h821i, 832
Radiopharmaceuticals
C 13, urea, 109
Krypton Kr 81m, 218
for positron emission tomographycompounding
h823i , 838
Raloxifene hydrochloride , S2/10
tablets , S2/11
Ramipril , 305
Ranitidine hydrochloride , 306
Rapeseed oil
fully hydrogenated, 384
superglycinated , 385
Rauwola serpentina , 306
powdered , 306
Reagents, reference , 23
Reagent standards , 23
Reference
reagents, 23
standards, USP, 23
ReferenceTables
Alcoholometric, 1487
Atomic weights ,1481
Description and relative solubility of USP and NF
articles ,1421, S1/87, S2/81, S3/78
Intrinsic viscosity table ,1491
Relative atomic masses and half-lives of selected
radionuclides ,1484
Solubilities ,1469
Thermometric equivalents ,1495
Refractive index h831i, 842
Registration
controlled substances, 1268
Controlled Substances Act Regulations ,1268
dispensers ,1268
distributors ,1268
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ,1268
manufacturers,1268
security,1268
Regulations
compliance policy guides, 1265
dietary supplements ,1240
drugs for animal use , 680, 682,1206
QualiSelen
drugs for human use ,1206
FDCA ,1206
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
labeling , 682
laws ,1206
manufacture , 682,1206
microbial identication methods ,1368
packaging ,1253
pharmaceutical industry,1368
processing ,1253
Regarding Extralabel Drug Use in Animals , 682
regarding toxic and hazardous substances ,1313
storage ,1253
Regulations Regarding Extra-Label Drug Use in
Animals , 682
Animal Medicinal Drug Use Clarication Act , 686
Relative atomic masses and half-lives of selected
radionuclides ,1484
Repackaging into single-unit containers and unitdose containers for nonsterile solid and liquid
dosage forms h681i, 763
Repaglinide , 306
Report and Recommendations from theWater and
Parenterals Subcommittee Meeting, October
1999Labeling, Injections, and Particulate
Matter
Boylan, J.C., 1344
Requirements under the Poison Prevention
Packaging Act ,1334
Reserpine , 306
Resin
Capsicum oleoresin, 103
Cholestyramine ,127
Podophyllum, 285
Resorcinol , 306
monoacetate , 306
ointment, compound , 307
Review of the Media Selection and Incubation
Conditions for the Compendial Sterility and
Microbial LimitTests
Cundell, A.M., 1364
Revision of the pH Compendial Requirement for
SterileWater for Injection
Bevilacqua, A., 1346
Rhodinol, 442
Rhodinyl
acetate, 442
formate , 442
Ribavirin , 307
Riboavin , 307
5-phosphate sodium, 307
Rifabutin, 307
Rifampin , 308
oral suspension , 308
(Systemic) , 618
Rimantadine hydrochloride , 308
Rimexolone , 308
Ringers injection , 309
Risk analysis
distribution, 1389
packaging ,1389
storage ,1389
Risperidone , 310
Ritodrine hydrochloride , 310
Ritonavir, 310
S
Saccharin , 311, 385
calcium , 311
sodium, 311
sodium oral solution , 311
Safe medication practices
Medication Use Process (chart), 1156
USP and Patient Safety,1155
Safe medication use
USP and Patient Safety, 1155
Safower oil, 311
Sagona, P., Freedman, J., Spano,W., and Pangborn, R.
The Impact of Multiple-Unit Desiccating
Containers for Prescription Packaging, 1416
Salicylaldehyde , 442
Salicylamide , 311
Salicylic
acid, 312
acid collodion, 312
acid and zinc paste , 362
Salsalate , 312
Saltiness, compounding ,1075
Santalol, 442
Santalyl acetate , 443
Saquinavir mesylate , 312
Sargramostim , 312
Saw palmetto,1013
extract ,1013
powdered ,1013
Schafer,T., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Scopolamine hydrobromide , 313
Secobarbital , 313
sodium, 313
Security
controlled substances, 1268
Controlled Substances Act Regulations ,1268
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) ,1268
labeling ,1268
packaging ,1268
registration of dispensers ,1268
registration of distributors ,1268
registration of manufacturers ,1268
Seeley, J., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Selegiline hydrochloride , 313
Selenious acid , 313
INDEX
S3/151
SelenStabi
cefazolin,114
cefmetazole ,115
cefoperazone ,115
cefotaxime ,116
cetostearyl sulfate , 317
chloride , 317
chloride equivalency table ,1075
cilastatin ,128
citrate , 318
dehydroacetate , 318
Enoxaparin , S2/6
Enoxaparin, injection , S2/6
uoride , 318
formaldehyde sulfoxylate , 318
gluconate , 318
hydroxide , 318
hypochlorite topical solution , 318
iodide , 319
lauryl sulfate , 319
low-substituted carboxymethylcellulose ,110
metabisulte , 319
monouorophosphate , 319
nitrite , 319
nitroprusside , 319
phosphate, dibasic , 319
phosphate, monobasic , 319
phosphate, tribasic , 320
polystyrene sulfonate , 320
propionate , 320
saccharin , 385
salicylate , 320
starch glycolate , 320
stearate , 320
stearyl fumarate , 321
sulfate , 321
sulde , 321
sulte , 321
tartrate , 321
thiosulfate , 321
Solubilities ,1469
Solution
Aluminum acetate topical, 61
Aluminum subacetate topical , 63
Ammonia, strong , 68
Anticoagulant citrate dextrose , 73
Anticoagulant citrate phosphate dextrose , 75
Anticoagulant citrate phosphate dextrose
adenine , 74
Anticoagulant heparin , 75
Anticoagulant sodium citrate , 76
Aromatic elixir, 77
Atenolol oral , 79
Benzaldehyde elixir, compound , 86
Benzalkonium chloride , 86
Bethanechol chloride oral , 90
Calcium hydroxide topical ,100
Captopril oral ,103
Carbol-fuchsin topical ,106
Cefazolin ophthalmic ,113
Cherry syrup,123
Chocolate syrup,127
Coal tar topical ,136
Cocaine and tetracaine hydrochlorides and
epinephrine topical ,136
compounding basics ,1114
Diltiazem hydrochloride oral ,157
INDEX
S3/152
StabiSuspe
Sterilization and sterility assurance of compendial
articles h1211i, 964
Vancomycin hydrochloride , 354
Water, puried , 358
Sterile product packagingintegrity evaluation
h1207i, 960
Sterile water for injection
pH, 1346
Sterility
testingvalidation of isolator systems h1208i, 961
Sterility tests h71i, 713
incubation conditions ,1364
media selection ,1364
testing practices ,1364
Sterilization and sterility assurance of compendial
articles h1211i, 964
Sterilizing Filtrations with Microporous Membranes
Jornitz, M.W. and Meltzer,T.H., 1378
Stevens-Riley, M., Nath, N., McNeal, E., Obenhuber,
D., Pillari, B., Shelton, L., and Sweeney, N.
Particulate Contaminants of Intravenous
Medication and the Limits Set by USP General
Chapter h788i, 1383
Sticks, medication,1093
Stinging nettle ,1012
powdered ,1012
powdered extract ,1012
St. Johns wort ,1012
extract, powdered ,1013
powdered ,1013
Storage
ambulances, 1344
biotechnologic preparations ,1134
capsules, powder-lled ,1101
distribution ,1339,1389
drops ,1108
nished pharmaceuticals ,1253
Good Manufacturing Practices ,1253
inhalation preparations ,1116
lozenges ,1108
packaging ,1253,1389
parenteral preparations ,1129
pills,1111
preparations, sterile ,1067
processing ,1253
risk analysis ,1389
stability,1339,1344
suppositories ,1099
tablets ,1111
temperature ,1339,1344
troches ,1108
Storax , 325
Streptomycin sulfate , 326
Succinic acid , 326
Succinylcholine chloride , 326
Sucralfate , 326
Sucralose , 326
Sucrose , 326
octaacetate , 327
Sufentanil citrate , 327
Sugar
compressible, 327
confectioners , 327
free suspension structured vehicle , 333
spheres , 327
Sulbactam sodium , 327
INDEX S3/153
T
Tablets
Alendronate sodium, S2/3, S3/24
Arginine , S3/74
Bicalutamide , S3/25
SuspeThime
Calcium carbonate and magnesia chewable , S1/4
Cats claw, S1/83
Cefaclor chewable , S2/4
Cilostazol, S1/4
Black cohosh , S2/72
Colestipol hydrochloride , S2/4
compounding ,1111
Curcuminoids , S3/74
Diclofenac sodium extended-release , S1/5
Didanosine for oral suspension , S2/5
Flavoxate hydrochloride , S3/30
Galantamine , S1/6
Glimepiride , S1/6
Ivermectin , S2/7
Lisinopril and hydrochlorothiazide , S3/32
Mirtazapine orally disintegrating , S3/32
Norethindrone , S2/9
Oxandrolone , S2/9
Pantoprazole sodium delayed-release , S3/32
Paroxetine , S2/9
Primaquine phosphate , S2/10
quality control,1111
Raloxifene hydrochloride , S2/11
Simethicone , S2/11
Soy isoavones , S3/74
stability,1111
storage ,1111
Tetracycline hydrochloride and novobiocin
sodium, 337
Taborsky, C.J., and Grady, L.T.
WaterVapor Permeation of PrescriptionVials, 1388
Taborsky, J., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Tacrine hydrochloride , 333
Tagatose ,1013
Talc , 334
Tamoxifen citrate , 334
Tamsulosin hydrochloride , S3/34
Tannic acid , 334
Tapioca starch , 324
Tarragon oil , 386
Tartaric acid , 334
Taurine , 334
Taxonomy
dosage forms, 1402
Pharmaceutical dosage forms h1151i,1402
Tazobactam , 334, S1/9
Teaspoon h1221i, 970
Temazepam , 335
Temperature
ambulances, 1344
distribution ,1339
humidity,1339
packaging ,1339
stability,1339,1344
storage ,1339,1344
Temperature Fluctuations During Mail Order
Shipment of Pharmaceutical Articles Using
Mean KineticTemperatureApproach
Bailey, L.C., Grady, L.T., Medwick,T., and Okeke,
C.C., 1339
Terazosin hydrochloride , 335
Terbinane hydrochloride , S1/9
Terbinane hydrochloride oral suspension , 453
INDEX
S3/154
Thin-USP a
Coal tar,136
Cocaine and tetracaine hydrochlorides and
epinephrine ,136
Iodine , 209
Ivermectin , S2/8
Myrrh , 252
Nitromersol , 258
Sodium hypochlorite , 318
Topical suspension
Calamine, 97
Calamine, phenolated , 98
Zinc sulde , 363
Topiramate , 345, S1/9, S2/11
Torbeck, L.
Signicant Digits and Rounding, 1412
Torsemide , 345
Total Parenteral Nutrition
Admixtures Mixing SequenceTable, 1134
Toxic and hazardous substances
OSHA regulations, 1313
TPN Admixtures Mixing SequenceTable ,1134
Tragacanth , 345
Tran, C.D., Brown, L.H., Bailey, L.C., Medwick,T.,
Okeke, C.C., and Krumperman, K.
Medication StorageTemperatures on U.S.
Ambulances: A Prospective Multicenter
Observational Study, 1344
Trazodone hydrochloride , 345
Trenbolone acetate , 346
Tretinoin , 346
Triacetin , 346
Triamcinolone , 346
acetonide , 346
diacetate , 346
hexacetonide , 347
Triamterene , 347
Triazolam , 347
Tribasic
calcium phosphate, 101
sodium phosphate , 320
Tributyl citrate , 347
Tributyrin , 445
Trichlormethiazide , 347
Trichloromonouoromethane , 347
Triclosan , 347
2-Tridecanone , 445
2-Tridecenal , 445
Trientine hydrochloride , 348
Triethyl citrate , 348
Triuoperazine hydrochloride , 348
Triupromazine , 348
hydrochloride , 348
Triuridine , 348
Trigylcerides, medium-chain , 349
Trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride , 349
Trimeprazine tartrate , 349
Trimethobenzamide hydrochloride , 349
Trimethoprim , 349
sulfate , 349
2,4,5-Trimethyl -3-Oxazoline , 445
Trimethylamine , 445
3,5,5-Trimethyl hexanal , 445
2,3,5-Trimethylpyrazine , 445
Trioxsalen , 350
Tripelennamine hydrochloride , 350
Triprolidine hydrochloride , 350
U
Ubidecarenone , 352
-Undecalactone , 445
-Undecalactone , 446
Undecanal , 446
2-Undecanone , 446
1,3,5-Undecatriene , 446
10-Undecenal , 446
(E)-2-Undecenol , 446
Undecyl alcohol , 446
Undecylenic acid , 352
Uniformity of dosage units h905i , 843
Units of potency, 24
Urea , 352
C 13 ,109
Ursodiol , 353
United States Pharmacopeial Convention Standards
and Clinical Information for Compounded
Medications Used inVeterinary Medicine
deVeau, I.F., 675
USP Medication Errors Reporting Program (USP MER
form)
medication error reporting, 1157
USP MER Program (form)
medication error reporting, 1157
USP and NF excipients, listed by category, 364, S1/10,
S2/13
USP and Patient Safety
medication error prevention, 1155
medication error reporting ,1155
safe medication practices ,1155
INDEX
S3/155
V
Valentino, J.G., Bormel, F.G., and Williams, R.L.
Application of USPNF Standards to Pharmacy
Compounding, 1205
Valentino, J., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Valeraldehyde , 446
Valerian ,1013
extract, powdered ,1014
Valeric acid , 447
-Valerolactone , 447
Valganciclovir hydrochloride , S2/11
Validation of alternative microbiological methods
h1223i , 973
Valine , 353
Valproic acid , 353
Valrubicin , 353
Valsartan , 353
Vancomycin , 353
hydrochloride , 354
hydrochloride, sterile , 354
Vanilla , 354
tincture , 355
Vanillin, 355, 447
Vasopressin , 355
Vegetable
and animal substances, 31
oil, hydrogenated , 355
Vehicle
for oral solution, 264
for oral solution, sugar free , 265
for oral suspension , 265
suspension structured , 333
suspension structured, sugar-free , 333
Vehicles, compounding solutions ,1114
Verapamil hydrochloride , 355, S2/12
oral solution , 356
oral suspension, 356
Veratraldehyde , 447
Verteporn , 357
Veterinarian ADR report
Form 1932A, 687
Veterinary antibiotics index , 668
Veterinary introduction
veterinary monographs, 459
Veterinary medicine
United States Pharmacopeial Convention
Standards and Clinical Information for
Compounded Medications Used inVeterinary
Medicine, 675
USP QYohim
Veterinary monographs
Aminoglycosides (Systemic), 468
Aminopenicillins (Systemic) , 494
Amoxicillin and Clavulanate (Systemic) , 501
Antibiotic Index , 668
Bromide (Systemic) , 463
Cephalosporins (Systemic) , 504
Chloramphenicol (Systemic) , 526
Cisapride , 460
Cisapride (Veterinary - Systemic) , S1/17
Clavulanate (Systemic), and Amoxicillin , 501
Florfenicol (Systemic) , 530
Fluoroquinolones (Systemic) , 534
Lincosamides (Systemic) , 558
Macrolides (systemic) , 565
Methimazole (Veterinary - Systemic) , S1/22
Methylene Blue Injection, S2/20
Metronidazole (Systemic) , 586
Methylene Blue (Veterinary - Systemic) , S2/21
Pencillin G (Systemic) , 589
Pergolide (Veterinary - Systemic) , S1/27
Pergolide oral suspension, veterinary, 461
Potassium bromide oral solution, veterinary, 461,
S3/33
Potentiated Sulfonamides (Systemic) , 597
Pyrimethamine (Systemic) , 614
Rifampin (Systemic) , 618
Sodium bromide injection, veterinary, 462, S3/34
Sodium bromide oral solution , 462, S3/34
Spectinomycin (Systemic) , 626
Sulfonamides (Systemic) , 630
Tetracyclines (Systemic) , 644
Vials, water vapor permeation,1388
Vidarabine , 357
Vinblastine sulfate , 357
Vincristine sulfate , 357
Vinorelbine tartrate , 358
Viscosity h911i, 846
increasing agents for aqueous systems table ,1083
Vitamin
A, 358
D2 , 386
D3 , 386
E , 358
E polyethylene glycol succinate , 358
K , 386
Volumetric apparatus h31i, 705
W
Wallner, B., and the PSD ProjectTeam Representative
Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Warfarin sodium, 358, S1/9
Water
packaging, 1388
Peppermint , 277
pH ,1346
pharmaceutical ,1344
Pure Steam, 359
Puried , 359
Puried, sterile , 358
Rose ointment , 310
Rose, stronger, 310
sterile, for injections ,1346
vapor permeation ,1388
vials ,1388
Water for pharmaceutical purposes h1231i, 975
Watersolid interactions in pharmaceutical
systems h1241i, 994
WaterVapor Permeation of PrescriptionVials
Grady, L.T., andTaborsky, C.J., 1388
Wax
Candelilla, 378
Carnauba , 359, 378
emulsifying , 359
microcrystalline , 359
white , 359
yellow, 360
Weighing on an analytical balance h1251i, 996
Weight variation of dietary supplements h2091i,
1040
Weights and balances h41i, 706
Weights and measures , 31
What is a Medication Error?
denition, 1159
NCC MERP,1159
Wheat starch , 324
Williams, R.L., Bormel, F.G., and Valentino, J.G.
Application of USPNF Standards to Pharmacy
Compounding, 1205
Williams, R.L., Marshall, K., Foster,T.S., and Carlin, H.S.
Development of a CompendialTaxonomy and
Glossary for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 1402
Williams, R.L., and the PSD ProjectTeam
Representative Membership
Drug Products Distribution Chain, 1389
Written prescription drug informationguidelines
h1265i , 999
X
Xanthan gum , 360
solution , 360
Xylazine , 360
hydrochloride , 360
Xylitol, 360
Xylose , 361
Y
Yohimbine hydrochloride , 361
INDEX S3/156
Z
Zalcitabine , 361
Zein , 361
Zidovudine , 361
Zileuton, 361
Zinc
acetate, 361
ZalciZolaz
carbonate , 362
chloride , 362
gluconate , 362
oxide , 362
oxide ointment , 362
oxide paste , 363
oxide and salicylic acid paste , 362
stearate , 363
sulfate , 363
sulde topical suspension, 363
undecylenate , 363
Zingerone , 447
Zolazepam hydrochloride , 363
INDEX
S3/157